1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes false
133 \output_changes false
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
152 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
154 \begin_inset CommandInset href
156 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Newline newline
175 \begin_inset Note Note
178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
179 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
180 \begin_inset Newline newline
185 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
195 LatexCommand tableofcontents
202 \begin_layout Chapter
206 \begin_layout Section
210 \begin_layout Standard
211 LyX is a document preparation system.
212 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
213 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
214 It is unlike most other
215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
224 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
240 pt type, left justified, 5
241 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
249 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
271 \begin_layout Standard
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
284 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
285 the format of all of the manuals.
286 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
287 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 \begin_layout Section
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
311 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
312 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
318 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
319 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
321 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
322 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
324 The first case is large images.
325 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
332 LaTeX and LyX options
335 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
337 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
338 this doesn't work for equations yet.
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
350 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
357 \begin_layout Section
361 \begin_layout Standard
362 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
363 You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
364 Just select the manual you want to read from the
371 \begin_layout Section
373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
375 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
382 \begin_layout Standard
383 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
385 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
389 \begin_inset Index idx
392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
398 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
399 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
400 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
402 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
403 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
408 \begin_inset space \space{}
411 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
412 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
414 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
418 \begin_inset Index idx
421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
422 Reconfiguration of LyX
427 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
430 \begin_layout Section
432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
434 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
441 \begin_layout Standard
442 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
443 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
445 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
446 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
450 \begin_layout Standard
451 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
453 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
454 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
457 \begin_layout Standard
458 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
459 you can view from the menu
461 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
480 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
481 reconfigure LyX (menu
483 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
487 \begin_inset Note Note
490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
491 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
499 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
500 More about TeX Code is described in section
505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
507 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
511 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
518 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
528 \begin_inset Index idx
531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
532 Reconfiguration of LyX
537 See section 5.1 of the
541 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
544 \begin_layout Chapter
548 \begin_layout Section
549 Basic File Operations
550 \begin_inset Index idx
553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
562 \begin_layout Standard
567 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
568 in addition to some more advanced operations:
571 \begin_layout Itemize
583 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_layout Itemize
613 \begin_layout Itemize
619 \begin_layout Itemize
631 \begin_layout Itemize
641 \begin_layout Itemize
655 \begin_layout Itemize
665 \begin_layout Itemize
671 \begin_layout Itemize
677 \begin_layout Itemize
683 arg "dialog-show print"
689 \begin_layout Itemize
695 \begin_layout Standard
696 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
697 a few minor differences.
700 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
715 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
716 you for a template to use.
717 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
718 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
719 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
721 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
727 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
734 \begin_layout Standard
735 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
767 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
768 space is just that — a big, blank space.
776 \begin_layout Standard
797 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
802 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
827 will reload the document from disk.
828 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
829 and want to restore it to the last save.
838 you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
839 them as your changes.
842 \begin_layout Section
843 Basic Editing Features
844 \begin_inset Index idx
847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
856 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
863 \begin_layout Standard
864 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
865 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
866 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
867 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
869 We will start with cut and paste.
872 \begin_layout Standard
873 As you might expect, the
877 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
878 various other editing features.
879 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
883 \begin_layout Itemize
897 \begin_layout Itemize
911 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
935 \begin_layout Itemize
945 \begin_layout Itemize
961 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
967 \begin_layout Standard
968 The first three are self-explanatory.
970 \begin_inset Index idx
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1030 \begin_inset Index idx
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1040 \begin_inset Index idx
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1147 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1175 LyX offers also an advanced
1178 \begin_inset space ~
1182 \begin_inset space ~
1187 feature that is described in sec.
1188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1194 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1201 \begin_layout Standard
1202 Things like notes, floats, etc.
1203 \begin_inset space \space{}
1207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1215 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1217 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1222 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1233 arg "inset-select-all"
1239 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1242 selects the whole document.
1245 \begin_layout Section
1247 \begin_inset Index idx
1250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1257 \begin_inset Index idx
1260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1269 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1276 \begin_layout Standard
1277 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1278 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1281 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1284 or the toolbar button
1290 to undo some mistake.
1291 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1293 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1296 or the toolbar button
1303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1310 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1314 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1317 \begin_layout Standard
1318 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1327 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1328 This is a consequence of the 100
1329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1332 step undo limit, above.
1335 \begin_layout Standard
1344 work on almost everything in LyX.
1345 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1349 \begin_layout Section
1351 \begin_inset Index idx
1354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1363 \begin_layout Standard
1364 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1367 \begin_layout Enumerate
1372 \begin_layout Itemize
1377 once anywhere in the edit window.
1378 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1382 \begin_layout Enumerate
1387 \begin_layout Itemize
1393 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1396 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1399 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1402 \begin_layout Itemize
1403 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1405 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1412 \begin_layout Enumerate
1413 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1417 \begin_layout Standard
1418 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1419 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1423 \begin_layout Section
1425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1427 name "sec:Navigating"
1432 \begin_inset Index idx
1435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1444 \begin_layout Standard
1445 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1448 \begin_layout Itemize
1453 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1454 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1457 \begin_layout Itemize
1458 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1460 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1463 or by the toolbar button
1466 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1472 \begin_layout Itemize
1473 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1475 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1478 and use the same menu to return to them.
1479 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1482 \begin_layout Standard
1486 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1491 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1492 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1495 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1496 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1497 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1498 your last editing position.
1501 \begin_layout Subsection
1505 \begin_layout Standard
1506 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1507 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1508 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1516 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1520 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1527 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1532 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1536 \begin_layout Standard
1537 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1538 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1539 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1540 dialog and to modify the citation.
1541 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1545 \begin_layout Standard
1546 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1548 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1549 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1554 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1557 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1560 \begin_layout Standard
1561 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1562 you further to control the display.
1567 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1568 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1574 option keeps it in the current view state.
1575 Keeping means that when you have e.
1576 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1580 \begin_inset space \space{}
1583 the subsections of section
1584 \begin_inset space ~
1587 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1588 \begin_inset space ~
1591 3, the subsections of section
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1595 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1600 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1601 \begin_inset space ~
1605 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1615 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1618 \begin_layout Standard
1620 \begin_inset space ~
1624 \begin_inset Graphics
1625 filename ../images/reload.png
1630 \begin_inset space ~
1633 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1634 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1637 \begin_inset space \space{}
1641 \begin_inset Graphics
1642 filename ../images/down.png
1644 groupId toolbarbuttons
1649 \begin_inset space ~
1653 \begin_inset space \space{}
1657 \begin_inset Graphics
1658 filename ../images/up.png
1660 groupId toolbarbuttons
1665 \begin_inset space ~
1668 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1669 So, for example, you can move section
1670 \begin_inset space ~
1674 \begin_inset space ~
1677 2.4 or after section
1678 \begin_inset space ~
1682 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1684 \begin_inset Graphics
1685 filename ../images/promote.png
1687 groupId toolbarbuttons
1692 \begin_inset Graphics
1693 filename ../images/demote.png
1695 groupId toolbarbuttons
1699 (or the corresponding key bindings
1707 ) you can change the level of sections.
1708 So you can for example make section
1709 \begin_inset space ~
1713 \begin_inset space ~
1717 \begin_inset space ~
1723 \begin_layout Section
1724 Input / Word Completion
1725 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1727 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1732 \begin_inset Index idx
1735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1742 \begin_inset Index idx
1745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1776 \begin_layout Standard
1777 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1779 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1780 is used to propose completions.
1783 \begin_layout Standard
1784 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1786 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1791 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1798 \begin_inset space ~
1802 \begin_inset space ~
1807 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1811 \begin_inset space ~
1816 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1817 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1821 \begin_inset space ~
1827 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1828 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1831 \begin_layout Standard
1832 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as an indicator that there
1833 are completions available.
1838 key to accept a proposed completion.
1839 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1840 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1841 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1848 \begin_layout Standard
1849 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1850 ing options for text.
1851 The special math option
1855 enables that characters can be composed.
1856 If you for example want to insert the character
1857 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1860 , you can then input the characters
1861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1872 to a formula to get it.
1873 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1874 of the math toolbar.
1875 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1879 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1880 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
1889 \begin_layout Section
1891 \begin_inset Index idx
1894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1901 \begin_inset Index idx
1904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1933 \begin_inset Index idx
1936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1967 \begin_layout Standard
1968 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
1981 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
1983 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1989 \begin_layout Standard
1993 \begin_inset space ~
2001 \begin_inset space ~
2022 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2026 \begin_layout Labeling
2027 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2031 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2032 LatexCommand nomenclature
2034 description "Tabulator key"
2040 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2041 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2042 \begin_inset space ~
2046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2048 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2055 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2059 , especially section
2060 \begin_inset space ~
2064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2066 reference "sub:Lists"
2072 If you're still confused, look in the
2077 \begin_inset Newline newline
2080 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2083 \begin_layout Labeling
2084 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2088 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2089 LatexCommand nomenclature
2091 description "Escape key"
2098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2105 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2106 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2109 \begin_layout Labeling
2110 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2116 \begin_inset space ~
2120 \begin_inset space ~
2127 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2128 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2132 \begin_layout Standard
2133 There are three modifier keys:
2136 \begin_layout Labeling
2137 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2155 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2156 LatexCommand nomenclature
2158 description "Control key"
2162 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2163 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2167 \begin_layout Itemize
2176 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2179 \begin_layout Itemize
2188 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2191 \begin_layout Itemize
2200 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2204 \begin_layout Labeling
2205 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2223 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2224 LatexCommand nomenclature
2226 description "Shift key"
2230 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2231 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2234 \begin_layout Labeling
2235 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2253 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2254 LatexCommand nomenclature
2256 description "Alt or Meta key"
2260 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2261 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2262 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2268 \begin_inset Newline newline
2271 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2273 menu accelerator keys
2276 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2277 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2281 \begin_layout Standard
2282 For example, the sequence
2283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2289 \begin_inset space ~
2293 \begin_inset space ~
2299 \begin_inset space ~
2307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2326 \begin_inset space ~
2332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2342 \begin_layout Standard
2347 manual lists all other things bound to the
2355 \begin_layout Standard
2356 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2357 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2358 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
2359 you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2360 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2361 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2362 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2364 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2380 followed by a capital
2387 \begin_layout Standard
2388 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2390 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2395 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2398 as explained in sec.
2399 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2405 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2412 \begin_layout Chapter
2414 \begin_inset Index idx
2417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2426 \begin_layout Section
2428 \begin_inset Index idx
2431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2440 \begin_layout Subsection
2444 \begin_layout Standard
2445 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2446 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2447 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2448 numbering schemes, and so on.
2449 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2450 and format the title of your document differently.
2453 \begin_layout Standard
2458 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2459 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2460 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2461 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2462 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2465 \begin_layout Standard
2466 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2467 how to adjust their properties.
2470 \begin_layout Subsection
2472 \begin_inset Index idx
2475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2484 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2491 \begin_layout Standard
2492 You can select a class using the
2494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2495 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2499 \begin_inset Index idx
2502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2509 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2513 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2517 \begin_layout Standard
2518 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2522 \begin_layout Description
2523 Article for basic articles
2526 \begin_layout Description
2527 Report for basic reports
2530 \begin_layout Description
2531 Book for writing a book
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 Letter for US-style letters
2538 \begin_layout Standard
2539 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2540 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2541 will include many of these.
2542 Here are some of the classes.
2543 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2545 Special Document Classes
2554 \begin_layout Description
2555 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2558 \begin_layout Description
2559 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2563 \begin_layout Description
2564 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2568 \begin_layout Description
2569 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2570 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2571 There are three article layouts available.
2572 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2573 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2574 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2575 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2580 sequential numbering
2581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2584 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2585 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2586 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2587 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2590 \begin_layout Description
2591 Beamer Layout for presentations
2594 \begin_layout Description
2595 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2596 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2600 \begin_layout Description
2601 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2604 \begin_layout Description
2606 \begin_inset space ~
2609 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2612 \begin_layout Description
2613 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2616 \begin_layout Description
2617 Foils Used to make transparencies
2620 \begin_layout Description
2621 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2622 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2626 \begin_layout Description
2627 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2628 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2631 \begin_layout Description
2632 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2635 \begin_layout Description
2636 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2639 \begin_layout Description
2640 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2641 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2642 (Is used by this document.)
2645 \begin_layout Description
2646 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2649 \begin_layout Description
2650 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2653 \begin_layout Description
2658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2665 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2666 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2668 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2671 \begin_layout Description
2672 Slides Used to make transparencies
2675 \begin_layout Description
2677 \begin_inset space ~
2680 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2681 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2684 \begin_layout Description
2685 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2688 \begin_layout Standard
2689 We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
2691 You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
2697 Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
2698 of the document classes.
2701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2705 \begin_layout Standard
2706 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2708 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2709 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2711 \begin_inset Index idx
2714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2731 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2732 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2734 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2737 \begin_layout Standard
2739 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2740 and some of them, like
2744 , are highly specialized.
2745 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2746 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2748 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2749 by some document class.
2750 There are just too many of them.
2751 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2754 \begin_layout Standard
2755 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2763 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2764 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2765 document class for a new file.
2766 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2771 Installing new LaTeX files
2772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2779 manual for information on how to install them.
2780 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2786 \begin_layout Standard
2787 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2788 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2790 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2791 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2792 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2794 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2797 \begin_inset space ~
2804 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2807 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2816 \begin_inset Index idx
2819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 \begin_layout Standard
2829 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2830 chosen document class.
2831 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2832 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2839 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2843 \begin_inset Index idx
2846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2857 \begin_layout Standard
2858 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2859 always installed by default.
2860 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2861 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2862 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2863 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2864 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2865 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2866 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2869 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2873 \begin_inset Index idx
2876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2877 Reconfiguration of LyX
2883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2886 Installing new LaTeX files
2887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2894 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2897 \begin_layout Standard
2898 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2906 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2907 LyX will advise you about these things.
2915 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2919 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2924 \begin_inset Index idx
2927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2928 Document ! Local Layout
2936 \begin_layout Standard
2937 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2938 used in a variety of different documents.
2939 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2940 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2941 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2942 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2943 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2944 What you want is LyX's
2945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2961 manual for information on how to use it.
2964 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2968 \begin_layout Standard
2969 Each class has a default set of options.
2970 Here's a quick table describing them:
2973 \begin_layout Standard
2974 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2980 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset Tabular
2983 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2984 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2985 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2986 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2987 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2988 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2989 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3443 \begin_layout Standard
3444 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3450 \begin_layout Standard
3451 You're probably also wondering what
3452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3456 \begin_inset space ~
3460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3464 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3465 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3470 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3475 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3485 headings, there are also
3493 headings, and so on.
3494 We will describe these headings fully in section
3495 \begin_inset space ~
3499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3501 reference "sub:Headings"
3508 \begin_layout Subsection
3510 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3512 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3517 \begin_inset Index idx
3520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3529 \begin_inset Index idx
3532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3541 \begin_layout Standard
3542 The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
3544 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3551 \begin_inset space ~
3559 \begin_inset space ~
3564 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3566 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3567 to use for your document.
3568 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3572 \begin_layout Standard
3579 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3585 \begin_inset space ~
3590 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3591 You can choose between the following five options:
3594 \begin_layout Labeling
3595 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3600 Use default page style of current class.
3603 \begin_layout Labeling
3604 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3609 No page numbers or headings.
3612 \begin_layout Labeling
3613 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3621 \begin_layout Labeling
3622 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3627 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3628 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3629 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3632 \begin_layout Labeling
3633 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3638 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3639 have the LaTeX-package
3644 \begin_inset Index idx
3647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3648 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3654 How they are defined is explained in section
3655 \begin_inset space ~
3659 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3661 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3668 \begin_layout Standard
3669 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3670 \begin_inset space ~
3674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3676 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3683 \begin_layout Subsection
3684 Paper Size and Orientation
3685 \begin_inset Index idx
3688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3689 Document ! Paper size
3695 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3697 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3704 \begin_layout Standard
3705 You can find the following options in the menu
3708 \begin_inset space ~
3715 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3721 \begin_inset Index idx
3724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3733 \begin_layout Labeling
3734 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3738 \begin_inset space ~
3743 What size paper to print on.
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Itemize
3766 \begin_layout Itemize
3772 \begin_layout Itemize
3775 US letter, US legal, US executive
3778 \begin_layout Itemize
3784 \begin_layout Itemize
3791 \begin_layout Labeling
3792 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3797 To choose whether to output as
3808 \begin_layout Labeling
3809 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3813 \begin_inset space ~
3818 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3819 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3822 \begin_layout Subsection
3824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3831 \begin_inset Index idx
3834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3841 \begin_inset Index idx
3844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3853 \begin_layout Standard
3854 Paper margins are set in the menu
3856 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3860 \begin_inset Index idx
3863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3872 \begin_layout Standard
3873 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3874 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3875 the paper format and the font size into account.
3878 \begin_layout Subsection
3882 \begin_layout Standard
3883 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3888 That includes the paragraph environments.
3889 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3890 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3891 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3892 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3901 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3903 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3904 will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
3905 s manually to a style present in your new document class.
3908 \begin_layout Section
3909 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3910 \begin_inset Index idx
3913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3914 Paragraph ! Indentation
3922 \begin_layout Subsection
3924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3926 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3933 \begin_layout Standard
3934 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3935 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3938 \begin_layout Standard
3939 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3940 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3941 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3942 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3946 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3952 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3953 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3954 language than English.
3955 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3958 \begin_layout Standard
3959 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3960 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3962 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3963 LyX takes care of that.
3964 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3966 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3967 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3968 of a page, and so on.
3972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3973 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3978 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3979 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3983 of these pre-coded spacings.
3984 We will explain more later.
3987 \begin_layout Subsection
3988 Paragraph Separation
3989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3991 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3996 \begin_inset Index idx
3999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4000 Paragraph ! Separation
4008 \begin_layout Standard
4009 To separate paragraphs, select
4020 \begin_inset space ~
4027 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4031 \begin_inset Index idx
4034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4040 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4043 \begin_layout Subsection
4047 \begin_layout Standard
4048 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4053 \begin_inset space ~
4058 dialog and toggle the
4061 \begin_inset space ~
4066 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4069 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4073 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4074 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4078 \begin_layout Standard
4079 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4080 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4083 \begin_layout Subsection
4085 \begin_inset Index idx
4088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4089 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4097 \begin_layout Standard
4100 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4104 \begin_inset Index idx
4107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4116 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4119 \begin_inset space ~
4128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4129 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4134 \begin_inset Index idx
4137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4138 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4143 installed to use this feature.
4151 \begin_layout Section
4152 Paragraph Environments
4153 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4155 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4160 \begin_inset Index idx
4163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4164 Paragraph ! Environments
4170 \begin_inset Index idx
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Paragraph environments|(
4182 \begin_layout Subsection
4186 \begin_layout Standard
4187 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4190 \begin_layout Standard
4209 \begin_inset Newline newline
4212 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4213 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4214 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4223 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4226 \begin_layout Standard
4227 A paragraph environment is simply a
4228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4235 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4236 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4237 scheme, labels, and so on.
4238 Additionally, you can
4239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4246 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4247 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4248 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4249 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4250 days of typewriters.
4251 There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
4253 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4256 \begin_layout Standard
4257 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4258 \begin_inset Graphics
4259 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4265 at the left end of the toolbar.
4266 LyX will change the environment of the
4270 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4271 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4272 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4276 \begin_layout Standard
4285 create a new paragraph using the
4289 paragraph environment.
4291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4298 because if you are in one of these environments:
4301 \begin_layout Itemize
4307 \begin_layout Itemize
4313 \begin_layout Itemize
4319 \begin_layout Itemize
4325 \begin_layout Itemize
4331 \begin_layout Itemize
4337 \begin_layout Itemize
4343 \begin_layout Standard
4344 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4348 , rather than resetting it to
4353 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4354 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4355 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4356 \begin_inset space ~
4360 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4362 reference "sec:Nesting"
4367 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4372 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4373 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4377 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4383 \begin_layout Subsection
4387 \begin_layout Standard
4388 The default paragraph environment is
4393 It creates a plain paragraph.
4394 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4395 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4396 this manual) are in the
4403 \begin_layout Standard
4404 You can nest a paragraph using the
4408 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4416 \begin_layout Subsection
4418 \begin_inset Index idx
4421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4430 \begin_layout Standard
4431 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4440 for thanks or contact information.
4441 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4442 page along with today's date.
4443 For other types of documents, the title
4444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4448 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4451 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4455 \begin_layout Standard
4456 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4470 Here's how you use them:
4473 \begin_layout Itemize
4474 Put the title of your document in the
4481 \begin_layout Itemize
4482 Put the author name in the
4489 \begin_layout Itemize
4490 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4491 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4497 Note that using this environment is optional.
4498 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4499 If you don't want any date, add the line
4500 \begin_inset Newline newline
4510 \begin_inset Newline newline
4513 to the preamble of your document (menu
4515 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4521 \begin_layout Standard
4522 You can use footnotes to insert
4523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4530 or contact information.
4533 \begin_layout Subsection
4535 \begin_inset Index idx
4538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4554 \begin_layout Standard
4555 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4556 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4559 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4561 \begin_inset Index idx
4564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4565 Section headings ! Numbered
4573 \begin_layout Standard
4574 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4578 \begin_layout Enumerate
4584 \begin_layout Enumerate
4590 \begin_layout Enumerate
4596 \begin_layout Enumerate
4602 \begin_layout Enumerate
4608 \begin_layout Enumerate
4614 \begin_layout Enumerate
4620 \begin_layout Standard
4621 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4622 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4623 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4626 \begin_layout Standard
4627 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4628 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4629 You group the book into chapters.
4630 LyX does similar grouping:
4633 \begin_layout Itemize
4638 is divided into either
4649 \begin_layout Itemize
4661 \begin_layout Itemize
4673 \begin_layout Itemize
4685 \begin_layout Itemize
4697 \begin_layout Itemize
4709 \begin_layout Standard
4710 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4718 Not all document types use the
4722 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4727 is the top-level heading.
4735 \begin_layout Standard
4740 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4741 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4743 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4755 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4757 \begin_inset Index idx
4760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4761 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4769 \begin_layout Standard
4770 The unnumbered section headings have a
4771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4778 at the end of their name.
4779 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4780 the table of contents, see section
4781 \begin_inset space ~
4785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4794 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4795 Changing the Numbering
4796 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4798 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4805 \begin_layout Standard
4806 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4807 in the Table of Contents.
4808 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4810 Certain classes start with
4824 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4834 This is something you can change.
4837 \begin_layout Standard
4840 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4844 \begin_inset Index idx
4847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4856 \begin_inset space ~
4860 \begin_inset space ~
4865 you will see two counters.
4870 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4872 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4876 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4877 Short Titles of Headings
4878 \begin_inset Index idx
4881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4882 Section headings ! Short titles
4888 \begin_inset Argument
4891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4898 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4900 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4909 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4910 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4911 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4914 \begin_layout Standard
4915 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4916 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4917 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4918 To specify a short title, use the menu
4920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4922 \begin_inset space ~
4928 This will insert a box labeled
4929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4944 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4945 This also works for captions inside floats.
4948 \begin_layout Standard
4949 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4952 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4956 \begin_layout Standard
4957 The following information applies to all section headings:
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4964 \begin_layout Itemize
4965 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4968 \begin_layout Itemize
4969 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4972 \begin_layout Itemize
4973 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4976 \begin_layout Subsection
4977 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4980 \begin_layout Standard
4981 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4995 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4996 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4997 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4998 the text they contain.
4999 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5007 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5010 \begin_layout Standard
5011 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5020 when you start a new paragraph.
5021 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5025 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5026 Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
5027 have to change back to the
5031 environment yourself.
5040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5047 \begin_inset Index idx
5050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5059 \begin_layout Standard
5060 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5061 time for the differences.
5070 are identical except for one difference:
5074 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5083 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5086 \begin_layout Standard
5087 Here's an example of the
5100 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5102 See – no indentation!
5106 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5107 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5108 the other paragraph.
5111 \begin_layout Standard
5112 Here's another example, this time in the
5119 \begin_layout Quotation
5125 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5126 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5127 the first line, then
5131 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5135 you were quoting other text.
5138 \begin_layout Quotation
5139 Here's a new paragraph.
5140 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5141 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5144 \begin_layout Standard
5145 As the examples show,
5149 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5150 They should put quotes in the
5155 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5159 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5162 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5168 \begin_inset Index idx
5171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5180 \begin_inset Index idx
5183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5199 \begin_layout Standard
5204 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5210 \begin_inset Newline newline
5213 Which I did not rehearse!
5217 It could be much worse.
5218 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5220 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5221 indented a bit more than the first.
5222 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5228 \begin_inset Newline newline
5231 And make things look fine
5232 \begin_inset Newline newline
5238 arg "newline-insert newline"
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5249 does not indent both margins.
5250 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5251 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5258 arg "newline-insert newline"
5264 \begin_layout Subsection
5266 \begin_inset Index idx
5269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5285 \begin_layout Standard
5286 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5296 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5305 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5306 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5307 describing some general features of all four of them.
5310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5314 \begin_layout Standard
5315 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5317 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5326 reset the environment to
5330 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5331 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5332 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5336 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5339 to break paragraphs.
5342 \begin_layout Standard
5343 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5344 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5346 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5347 you read all of section
5348 \begin_inset space ~
5352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5354 reference "sec:Nesting"
5362 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_inset Index idx
5371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5378 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5387 \begin_layout Standard
5388 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5392 paragraph environment.
5393 It has the following properties:
5396 \begin_layout Itemize
5397 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5401 \begin_layout Itemize
5402 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5405 \begin_layout Itemize
5406 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5410 \begin_layout Itemize
5411 The items can have any length.
5412 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5413 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5420 \begin_layout Itemize
5425 environment inside another
5429 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5433 \begin_layout Itemize
5434 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5437 \begin_layout Itemize
5438 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5441 \begin_layout Itemize
5443 \begin_inset space ~
5447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5449 reference "sec:Nesting"
5453 for a full explanation of nesting.
5457 \begin_layout Standard
5458 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5467 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5470 \begin_layout Standard
5471 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5472 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5475 \begin_layout Itemize
5476 The label for the first level
5480 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5484 \begin_layout Itemize
5485 The label for the second level is a dash.
5489 \begin_layout Itemize
5490 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5494 \begin_layout Itemize
5495 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5499 \begin_layout Itemize
5500 Back out to the third level.
5504 \begin_layout Itemize
5505 Back to the second level.
5509 \begin_layout Itemize
5510 Back to the outermost level.
5513 \begin_layout Standard
5514 These are the default labels for an
5519 You can customize these labels in the
5521 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5524 dialog in the submenu
5531 \begin_inset Index idx
5534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5543 \begin_layout Standard
5544 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5545 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5547 \begin_inset space ~
5551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5553 reference "sec:Nesting"
5560 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5566 \begin_inset Index idx
5569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5578 name "sec:Enumerate"
5585 \begin_layout Standard
5590 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5591 It has these properties:
5594 \begin_layout Enumerate
5595 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5599 \begin_layout Enumerate
5600 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5604 \begin_layout Enumerate
5605 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5608 \begin_layout Enumerate
5613 environment resets the counter to one.
5616 \begin_layout Enumerate
5629 \begin_layout Enumerate
5630 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5631 Items can have any length.
5634 \begin_layout Enumerate
5635 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5638 \begin_layout Enumerate
5639 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5642 \begin_layout Enumerate
5643 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5647 \begin_layout Standard
5656 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5657 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5664 \begin_layout Enumerate
5665 The first level of an
5669 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5673 \begin_layout Enumerate
5674 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5678 \begin_layout Enumerate
5679 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5683 \begin_layout Enumerate
5684 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5687 \begin_layout Enumerate
5688 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5693 \begin_layout Enumerate
5694 Back to the third level
5698 \begin_layout Enumerate
5699 Back to the second level.
5703 \begin_layout Enumerate
5704 Back to the outermost level.
5707 \begin_layout Standard
5708 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5713 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5718 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5722 \begin_layout Standard
5723 There is more to nesting
5727 environments than we've stated here.
5728 You should read section
5729 \begin_inset space ~
5733 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5735 reference "sec:Nesting"
5739 to learn more about nesting.
5742 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5748 \begin_inset Index idx
5751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5760 \begin_layout Standard
5761 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5765 list has no fixed label.
5766 Instead, LyX uses the first
5767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5774 of the first line as the label.
5778 \begin_layout Description
5779 Example: This is an example of the
5786 \begin_layout Standard
5787 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5791 \begin_layout Standard
5793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5800 it is meant that the first hit of the
5804 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5806 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5814 arg "space-insert protected"
5819 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5820 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5822 \begin_inset space ~
5828 \begin_inset space ~
5832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5834 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5838 for more info.) Here is an example:
5841 \begin_layout Description
5843 \begin_inset space ~
5846 Example: This one shows how to use a
5849 \begin_inset space ~
5861 \begin_layout Description
5862 Usage: You should use the
5866 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5867 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5869 It's not a good idea to use a
5873 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5874 You're better off using
5886 paragraphs into them.
5889 \begin_layout Description
5890 Nesting: You can nest
5894 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5898 \begin_layout Standard
5899 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5900 them from the first line.
5903 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5909 \begin_inset Index idx
5912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5921 \begin_layout Standard
5926 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5929 \begin_layout Standard
5930 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5938 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5943 environment is named
5955 \begin_layout Standard
5964 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5965 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5968 \begin_layout Labeling
5969 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5971 \begin_inset space ~
5974 labels LyX uses the first
5975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 of each line as the item label.
5987 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5988 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5989 blank as described above.
5992 \begin_layout Labeling
5993 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5994 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5995 the body of the item text.
5996 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5997 label width plus a little extra space.
6001 \begin_layout Labeling
6002 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6004 \begin_inset space ~
6007 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6009 If the label width is larger, the label
6010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6017 into the first line.
6018 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6019 margin of the rest of the item text.
6022 \begin_layout Labeling
6023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6025 \begin_inset space ~
6028 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6033 environment has the same left margin.
6034 \begin_inset Newline newline
6037 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6040 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6042 \begin_inset space ~
6051 \begin_inset space ~
6056 determines the default label width.
6057 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6066 multiple times instead.
6067 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6076 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6079 \begin_inset space ~
6084 every time you alter a label in a
6089 \begin_inset Newline newline
6092 The predefined default width is the length of
6093 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6101 \begin_inset space ~
6106 \begin_inset Newline newline
6110 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6118 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6119 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6132 environment the same way as the
6136 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6142 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6146 \begin_layout Standard
6151 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6153 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6155 \begin_inset space ~
6159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6161 reference "sec:Nesting"
6165 to learn about nesting.
6168 \begin_layout Standard
6169 There is yet another feature of the
6173 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6175 You can use additional
6179 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6184 are documented in section
6185 \begin_inset space ~
6189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6191 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6196 Here are some examples:
6199 \begin_layout Labeling
6200 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6201 Left The default for
6208 \begin_layout Labeling
6209 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6210 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6217 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6220 \begin_layout Labeling
6221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6222 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6226 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6233 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6236 \begin_layout Subsection
6238 \begin_inset Index idx
6241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6250 \begin_layout Standard
6251 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6254 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6256 in the document settings.
6257 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6262 \begin_inset Index idx
6265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6266 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6275 Custom Enumerate Lists
6276 \begin_inset Index idx
6279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6280 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6288 \begin_layout Standard
6290 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6296 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6297 There you add the command
6300 \begin_layout Standard
6308 \begin_layout Standard
6309 in TeX Code (shortcut
6319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6320 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6321 \begin_inset space ~
6325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6327 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6340 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6347 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6348 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6361 For Arabic numerals use
6369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6376 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6391 \begin_layout Standard
6393 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6401 You can only number 26
6402 \begin_inset space ~
6405 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6413 \begin_layout Standard
6414 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6415 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6418 \begin_layout Standard
6419 As example a list with custom numbering:
6422 \begin_layout Enumerate
6423 \begin_inset Argument
6426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6452 \begin_layout Enumerate
6453 \begin_inset Argument
6456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6479 \begin_layout Enumerate
6484 \begin_layout Enumerate
6485 \begin_inset Argument
6488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6512 \begin_layout Enumerate
6513 \begin_inset Argument
6516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6542 \begin_layout Standard
6543 For this list these commands were used:
6546 \begin_layout Standard
6557 \begin_inset Newline newline
6565 \begin_inset Newline newline
6573 \begin_inset Newline newline
6583 \begin_layout Standard
6590 makes the label emphasized and
6599 \begin_layout Standard
6600 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6608 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6609 lists until you change the definition.
6617 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6619 \begin_inset Index idx
6622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6623 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6631 \begin_layout Standard
6632 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6635 \begin_layout Enumerate
6636 \begin_inset Argument
6639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6658 \begin_inset Note Note
6661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6662 goes back to default numbering
6670 \begin_layout Enumerate
6674 \begin_layout Standard
6678 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6682 \begin_layout Standard
6683 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6688 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6689 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6692 \begin_layout Standard
6693 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6701 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6709 \begin_layout Standard
6710 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6712 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6713 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6714 of a normal enumeration.
6715 There, insert the command
6718 \begin_layout Standard
6724 \begin_layout Standard
6729 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6733 \begin_layout Enumerate
6737 \begin_layout Enumerate
6741 \begin_layout Standard
6742 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6745 \begin_layout Enumerate
6746 \begin_inset Argument
6749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6765 This enumeration starts at 4
6768 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6770 \begin_inset Index idx
6773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6782 \begin_layout Standard
6783 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6785 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6788 \begin_layout Itemize
6792 \begin_layout Itemize
6793 with standard spacing
6796 \begin_layout Standard
6797 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6799 Add there the command
6803 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6806 \begin_layout Itemize
6807 \begin_inset Argument
6810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6829 \begin_layout Itemize
6833 \begin_layout Itemize
6837 \begin_layout Standard
6838 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6844 \begin_inset Index idx
6847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6848 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6854 For more info see its documentation,
6855 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6864 \begin_layout Standard
6865 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6867 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
6868 in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6869 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6872 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6875 \begin_layout Enumerate
6876 \begin_inset Argument
6879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6887 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6900 \begin_layout Enumerate
6901 with negative indentation
6904 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6905 Further Customization
6906 \begin_inset Index idx
6909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6910 Lists ! Customization
6918 \begin_layout Standard
6919 You can also change the style of description lists.
6923 \begin_layout Standard
6929 \begin_layout Standard
6930 changes the description label font, the command
6933 \begin_layout Standard
6939 \begin_layout Standard
6940 sets the list style.
6943 \begin_layout Standard
6944 An example where the command
6947 \begin_layout Standard
6952 itshape, style=nextline
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6959 \begin_layout Description
6961 \begin_inset space ~
6965 \begin_inset Argument
6968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6974 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6976 itshape, style=nextline
6986 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
6987 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
6991 \begin_layout Description
6993 \begin_inset space ~
6996 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
6997 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
6998 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7001 \begin_layout Standard
7002 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7008 \begin_inset Index idx
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7012 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7018 For more info see its documentation,
7019 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7028 \begin_layout Subsection
7030 \begin_inset Index idx
7033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7042 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7050 \begin_inset space ~
7058 \begin_layout Standard
7059 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7067 \begin_inset space ~
7073 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7074 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7075 In contrast, you can use the
7082 \begin_inset space ~
7087 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7088 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7092 \begin_layout Standard
7093 Of course, you're not limited to using
7100 \begin_inset space ~
7109 \begin_inset space ~
7114 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7115 some European academic papers.
7118 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7122 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7129 \begin_layout Standard
7134 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7135 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7139 \begin_inset space ~
7144 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7145 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7146 Here's an example of each:
7149 \begin_layout Right Address
7151 \begin_inset Newline newline
7155 \begin_inset Newline newline
7159 \begin_inset Newline newline
7162 When is it? What is today?
7165 \begin_layout Standard
7169 \begin_inset space ~
7175 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7176 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7177 Here's an example of the
7184 \begin_layout Address
7186 \begin_inset Newline newline
7189 Where do I send this
7190 \begin_inset Newline newline
7193 Your post office and country
7196 \begin_layout Standard
7197 As you can see, both
7204 \begin_inset space ~
7209 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7214 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7220 This makes sense, since
7228 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7229 Thus, you have to use
7236 arg "newline-insert newline"
7242 \begin_inset space ~
7245 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7247 \begin_inset space ~
7256 menu) to start a new line in an
7263 \begin_inset space ~
7271 \begin_layout Subsection
7275 \begin_layout Standard
7276 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7277 or list of references.
7278 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7281 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7285 \begin_inset Index idx
7288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7297 \begin_layout Standard
7302 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7303 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7304 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7305 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7309 in anything else or vice versa.
7315 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7316 The book document classes ignores the
7320 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7324 in a letter document class.
7327 \begin_layout Standard
7332 environment does several things for you.
7333 First, it puts the centered label
7334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7342 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7344 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7345 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7346 the subsequent text.
7347 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7348 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7351 \begin_layout Standard
7352 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7356 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7357 The new paragraph will still be in the
7362 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7363 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7366 \begin_layout Standard
7367 \begin_inset Float figure
7372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7374 \begin_inset Graphics
7375 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7383 \begin_inset Caption
7385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7388 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7409 \begin_layout Standard
7410 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7414 environment, but since this document is in the
7415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7422 class, we can't do this.
7423 We inserted it therefore as figure
7424 \begin_inset space ~
7428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7430 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
7435 If you've never heard of an
7436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7443 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7446 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7452 \begin_inset Index idx
7455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7462 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7464 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7471 \begin_layout Standard
7476 environment is used to list references.
7477 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7478 only use it at the end of the document.
7483 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7486 \begin_layout Standard
7487 When you first open a
7491 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7507 depending on the document class.
7508 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7509 Each paragraph of the
7513 environment is a bibliography entry.
7518 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7519 Each new paragraph is still in the
7526 \begin_layout Standard
7527 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7528 by using a BibTeX database.
7529 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7530 phy handling, have a look at section
7531 \begin_inset space ~
7535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7537 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7544 \begin_layout Subsection
7548 \begin_inset Index idx
7551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7552 Paragraph ! LyX code
7558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7567 \begin_layout Standard
7572 environment is another LyX extension.
7573 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7578 key as a fixed whitespace;
7582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7594 \begin_inset space ~
7599 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7604 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7605 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7608 arg "newline-insert newline"
7625 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7626 So, when you finish using the
7630 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7631 Also, you can nest the
7635 environment inside of others.
7638 \begin_layout Standard
7639 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7642 \begin_layout Itemize
7646 arg "newline-insert newline"
7649 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7654 \begin_inset space \space{}
7664 arg "newline-insert newline"
7670 \begin_layout Itemize
7674 arg "newline-insert newline"
7685 \begin_layout Itemize
7690 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7697 \begin_layout Itemize
7701 arg "space-insert protected"
7708 \begin_layout Itemize
7709 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7710 You must put at least one
7714 in any line you want blank.
7715 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7718 \begin_layout Itemize
7719 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7723 since that will insert
7728 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7731 arg "self-insert \""
7737 \begin_layout Standard
7741 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7745 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7749 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7753 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7757 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7758 printf("Hello World!
7763 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7767 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7771 \begin_layout Standard
7772 This is just the standard
7773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7784 \begin_layout Standard
7789 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7790 rc-files, and so on.
7791 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7792 as if you used a typewriter.
7793 \begin_inset Index idx
7796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7797 Paragraph environments|)
7802 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7805 Program Code Listings
7810 \begin_inset space ~
7818 \begin_layout Section
7819 Nesting Environments
7820 \begin_inset Index idx
7823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7824 Nesting ! Environments
7830 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7839 \begin_layout Subsection
7843 \begin_layout Standard
7844 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7846 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7848 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7850 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7862 \begin_layout Enumerate
7866 \begin_layout Enumerate
7871 \begin_layout Enumerate
7875 \begin_layout Enumerate
7880 \begin_layout Enumerate
7884 \begin_layout Standard
7885 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7886 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7889 \begin_inset space ~
7893 \begin_inset space ~
7901 \begin_inset space ~
7905 \begin_inset space ~
7914 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7915 will tell you how far you are nested).
7916 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7919 arg "depth-increment"
7925 arg "depth-decrement"
7928 or the convenient key bindings
7939 arg "depth-increment"
7945 arg "depth-decrement"
7948 to change the nesting level.
7949 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7950 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7954 \begin_layout Standard
7955 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7956 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7957 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7958 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7961 \begin_layout Standard
7962 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7963 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7965 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7968 \begin_layout Subsection
7969 What You Can and Can't Nest
7972 \begin_layout Standard
7973 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7974 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7977 \begin_layout Standard
7978 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7979 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7980 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7983 \begin_layout Itemize
7984 Completely unnestable
7987 \begin_layout Itemize
7988 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7992 \begin_layout Itemize
7993 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7997 \begin_layout Standard
7998 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7999 environments have them:
8002 \begin_layout Description
8003 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8004 Can't nest into them.
8008 \begin_layout Itemize
8014 \begin_layout Itemize
8020 \begin_layout Itemize
8026 \begin_layout Itemize
8032 \begin_layout Itemize
8039 \begin_layout Description
8041 \begin_inset space ~
8044 Nestable You can nest them.
8045 You can nest other things into them.
8049 \begin_layout Itemize
8055 \begin_layout Itemize
8061 \begin_layout Itemize
8067 \begin_layout Itemize
8073 \begin_layout Itemize
8079 \begin_layout Itemize
8085 \begin_layout Itemize
8091 \begin_layout Itemize
8098 \begin_layout Description
8099 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8100 You can't nest anything into them.
8104 \begin_layout Itemize
8110 \begin_layout Itemize
8116 \begin_layout Itemize
8122 \begin_layout Itemize
8128 \begin_layout Itemize
8134 \begin_layout Itemize
8140 \begin_layout Itemize
8146 \begin_layout Itemize
8152 \begin_layout Itemize
8158 \begin_layout Itemize
8164 \begin_layout Itemize
8170 \begin_layout Itemize
8176 \begin_layout Itemize
8182 \begin_layout Itemize
8186 \begin_inset space ~
8192 \begin_layout Itemize
8199 \begin_layout Standard
8200 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8208 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8217 \begin_inset space ~
8221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8225 \begin_inset space \space{}
8228 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8229 well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8230 section headings violate this.
8238 \begin_layout Subsection
8239 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8240 \begin_inset Index idx
8243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8244 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8252 \begin_layout Standard
8253 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8254 affected by nesting anyhow.
8258 \begin_layout Itemize
8262 \begin_layout Itemize
8266 \begin_layout Itemize
8270 \begin_layout Standard
8272 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8280 Figures and tables in
8284 are not affected by this.
8289 Have a look at section
8290 \begin_inset space ~
8294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8296 reference "sec:Floats"
8300 for more information about
8307 \begin_layout Standard
8308 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8309 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8313 \begin_layout Standard
8314 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8322 of its own, it behaves just like a
8323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8330 paragraph environment.
8331 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8335 \begin_layout Standard
8336 Here's an example with a table:
8339 \begin_layout Enumerate
8344 \begin_layout Enumerate
8345 This is (a) and it's nested.
8349 \begin_layout Standard
8350 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8356 \begin_layout Standard
8358 \begin_inset Tabular
8359 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8360 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8361 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8362 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8446 \begin_layout Standard
8447 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8454 \begin_layout Enumerate
8456 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8460 \begin_layout Enumerate
8464 \begin_layout Standard
8465 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8468 \begin_layout Enumerate
8473 \begin_layout Enumerate
8474 This is (a) and it's nested.
8478 \begin_layout Standard
8479 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8485 \begin_layout Standard
8487 \begin_inset Tabular
8488 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8489 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8490 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8491 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8575 \begin_layout Standard
8576 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8582 \begin_layout Enumerate
8589 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8592 \begin_layout Enumerate
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8597 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8601 \begin_layout Standard
8602 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8604 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8607 \begin_layout Enumerate
8612 \begin_layout Enumerate
8613 This is (a) and it's nested.
8616 \begin_layout Standard
8617 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8623 \begin_layout Standard
8625 \begin_inset Tabular
8626 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8627 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8628 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8629 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8714 \begin_layout Standard
8715 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8721 \begin_layout Enumerate
8723 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8730 \begin_layout Enumerate
8734 \begin_layout Standard
8735 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8741 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8742 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8746 \begin_layout Subsection
8747 Usage and General Features
8750 \begin_layout Standard
8751 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8760 is the innermost possible depth.
8761 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8764 \begin_layout Enumerate
8765 level #1 – outermost
8769 \begin_layout Enumerate
8774 \begin_layout Enumerate
8779 \begin_layout Enumerate
8784 \begin_layout Itemize
8789 \begin_layout Itemize
8798 \begin_layout Standard
8799 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8800 both of them in the example.
8801 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8811 For example, if we tried to nest another
8816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8823 , we would get errors.
8826 \begin_layout Subsection
8828 \begin_inset Index idx
8831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8840 \begin_layout Standard
8841 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8842 We have several examples of nested environments.
8843 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8847 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8848 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8851 \begin_layout Labeling
8852 \labelwidthstring MMM
8853 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8862 \begin_layout Labeling
8863 \labelwidthstring MMM
8864 #2-a This is level #2.
8865 We created it by using
8868 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8874 arg "depth-increment"
8881 \begin_layout Labeling
8882 \labelwidthstring MMM
8883 #3-a This is level #3.
8884 This time, we just hit
8891 arg "depth-increment"
8895 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8899 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8905 arg "depth-increment"
8912 \begin_layout Standard
8917 environment, nested inside of
8918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8926 So, it's at level #4.
8927 We did this by hitting
8930 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8936 arg "depth-increment"
8939 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8944 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8960 \begin_layout Standard
8965 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8968 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8974 \begin_layout Labeling
8975 \labelwidthstring MMM
8976 #4-a This is level #4.
8980 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8983 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8988 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8992 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8997 keep nesting things inside
8998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9009 \begin_layout Labeling
9010 \labelwidthstring MMM
9011 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9016 \begin_layout Labeling
9017 \labelwidthstring MMM
9018 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9019 and this is level #6.
9020 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9024 \begin_layout Labeling
9025 \labelwidthstring MMM
9026 #5-b Back to level #5.
9030 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9036 arg "depth-decrement"
9043 \begin_layout Labeling
9044 \labelwidthstring MMM
9048 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9054 arg "depth-decrement"
9057 , we're back at level #4.
9061 \begin_layout Labeling
9062 \labelwidthstring MMM
9063 #3-b Back to level #3.
9064 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9068 \begin_layout Labeling
9069 \labelwidthstring MMM
9070 #2-b Back to level #2.
9075 \begin_layout Labeling
9076 \labelwidthstring MMM
9077 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9078 After this sentence, we will hit
9082 and change the paragraph environment back to
9089 \begin_layout Standard
9090 We could have also used the
9106 environment in place of the
9111 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9114 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9115 Example 2: Inheritance
9118 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9119 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9122 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9131 arg "depth-increment"
9134 , after which, we will change to the
9142 \begin_layout Enumerate
9147 environment, at level #2.
9150 \begin_layout Enumerate
9151 Notice how the nested
9155 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9159 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9163 \begin_layout Standard
9164 We ended this example by hitting
9169 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9173 and reset the nesting depth by using
9176 arg "depth-decrement"
9182 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9183 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9192 \begin_inset Argument
9195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9196 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9204 \begin_layout Enumerate
9205 This is level #1, in an
9209 paragraph environment.
9210 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9214 \begin_layout Enumerate
9219 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9225 arg "depth-increment"
9229 Now, what happens if we nest an
9233 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9234 label be? An asterisk?
9238 \begin_layout Itemize
9248 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9249 So, its label is a bullet.
9250 (We got here by using
9253 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9259 arg "depth-increment"
9262 , then changing the environment to
9270 \begin_layout Itemize
9271 Here's level #4, produced using
9274 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9280 arg "depth-increment"
9284 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9289 \begin_layout Enumerate
9290 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9292 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9297 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9301 , because we are in the
9310 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9329 \begin_layout Enumerate
9334 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9335 type of numbering does LyX use?
9338 \begin_layout Enumerate
9339 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9342 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9345 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9348 \begin_layout Enumerate
9352 arg "depth-decrement"
9355 to decrease the depth after the next
9358 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9365 \begin_layout Enumerate
9367 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9371 \begin_layout Enumerate
9373 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9374 numeral as the label.Why?
9377 \begin_layout Enumerate
9378 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9387 Notice, however, that LyX
9391 reset the counter for the label.
9395 \begin_layout Enumerate
9399 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9405 arg "depth-decrement"
9408 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9409 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9410 into the twofold-nested
9418 \begin_layout Enumerate
9419 The same thing happens if we do another
9422 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9428 arg "depth-decrement"
9431 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9434 \begin_layout Standard
9435 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9440 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9454 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9460 The same rule applies for the
9464 environment, as well.
9467 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9468 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9471 \begin_layout Enumerate
9472 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9473 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9474 the same detail with how we did it.
9483 \begin_layout Standard
9491 arg "depth-increment"
9498 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9499 the example in parentheses someplace.
9500 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9501 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9502 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9506 \begin_layout Enumerate
9511 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9516 Now we will add verse.
9517 \begin_inset Newline newline
9520 It will get much worse.
9521 \begin_inset Newline newline
9531 arg "depth-increment"
9542 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9543 \begin_inset Newline newline
9546 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9547 \begin_inset Newline newline
9553 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9566 \begin_layout Standard
9567 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9573 \begin_layout Standard
9575 \begin_inset Tabular
9576 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9577 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9578 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9579 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9668 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9678 arg "depth-increment"
9684 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9694 arg "depth-decrement"
9701 \begin_layout Enumerate
9706 : level #1) This is another item.
9707 Note that selecting a
9711 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9712 3 times to put the table inside the
9720 \begin_layout Quotation
9721 We're now ending the
9725 list and changing to
9730 We're still at level #1.
9731 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9732 The next set of paragraphs is a
9733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9740 We will nest both the
9747 \begin_inset space ~
9752 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9756 for the letter body.
9760 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9763 to preserve the depth.
9764 Remember that you need to use
9767 arg "newline-insert newline"
9770 to create multiple lines inside the
9777 \begin_inset space ~
9787 \begin_layout Right Address
9789 \begin_inset Newline newline
9792 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9793 \begin_inset Newline newline
9799 \begin_layout Address
9801 \begin_inset space ~
9807 \begin_layout Quotation
9808 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9809 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9812 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9813 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9814 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9815 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9816 as soon as possible.
9817 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9820 \begin_layout Quotation
9821 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9822 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9823 with your order, along with payment.
9826 \begin_layout Quotation
9827 We thank you again for your patience.
9830 \begin_layout Address
9832 \begin_inset Newline newline
9839 \begin_layout Quotation
9840 That ends that example!
9843 \begin_layout Standard
9844 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9845 just a few keystrokes.
9846 We could have easily nested an
9867 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9870 \begin_layout Section
9871 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9872 \begin_inset Index idx
9875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9884 \begin_layout Standard
9885 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9886 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9887 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9888 be broken at the end of a line.
9889 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9893 \begin_layout Subsection
9895 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9897 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9902 \begin_inset Index idx
9905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9914 \begin_layout Standard
9915 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9917 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9921 Further documentation is given in section
9922 \begin_inset Newline newline
9926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9928 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9936 \begin_layout Standard
9937 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9952 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9961 A protected space is set with
9963 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9964 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9968 \begin_inset space ~
9978 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
9984 \begin_layout Subsection
9986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9988 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9993 \begin_inset Index idx
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9997 Spacing ! Horizontal
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10006 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10008 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10009 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10013 The length units are listed in Appendix
10014 \begin_inset space ~
10018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10020 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10027 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10029 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10031 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10036 \begin_inset Index idx
10039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10040 Spaces ! Inter-word
10048 \begin_layout Standard
10050 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10054 \begin_inset space \space{}
10057 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10058 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10059 \begin_inset space ~
10063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10065 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10070 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10071 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10074 arg "space-insert normal"
10080 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10082 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10084 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10089 \begin_inset Index idx
10092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10101 \begin_layout Standard
10103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10110 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10119 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10120 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10121 inside abbreviations:
10124 \begin_layout Quote
10126 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10130 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10133 \begin_layout Standard
10134 or between values and units.
10135 Compare for example this:
10136 \begin_inset Newline newline
10140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10144 \begin_inset Newline newline
10147 10 kg (normal space
10150 \begin_layout Standard
10151 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10153 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10154 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10156 \begin_inset space ~
10164 arg "space-insert thin"
10170 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10174 name "sub:More-Spaces"
10181 \begin_layout Standard
10182 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10185 \begin_layout Description
10187 \begin_inset space ~
10191 \begin_inset space ~
10194 space A line with a
10195 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10199 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10203 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10206 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10209 \begin_layout Description
10211 \begin_inset space ~
10215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10219 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10223 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10227 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10231 \begin_inset space ~
10235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10238 em) space between the arrows.
10241 \begin_layout Description
10243 \begin_inset space ~
10247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10251 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10255 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10259 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10263 \begin_inset space ~
10267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10270 em) space between the arrows.
10273 \begin_layout Description
10275 \begin_inset space ~
10279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10283 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10287 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10291 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10295 \begin_inset space ~
10299 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10302 em) space between the arrows.
10305 \begin_layout Description
10307 \begin_inset space ~
10311 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10315 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10320 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10324 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10327 cm space between the arrows.
10330 \begin_layout Standard
10332 \begin_inset space ~
10336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10338 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10342 lists the different space sizes.
10345 \begin_layout Standard
10346 \begin_inset Float table
10351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10353 \begin_inset Caption
10355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10358 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10362 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10372 \begin_inset Tabular
10373 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10374 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10375 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10376 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10416 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10440 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10503 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10516 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10531 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10559 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10599 \begin_inset Index idx
10602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10611 \begin_layout Standard
10612 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10613 in a uniform fashion.
10614 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10615 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10616 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10617 equally between themselves.
10620 \begin_layout Standard
10621 Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
10624 \begin_layout Quote
10626 This is on the left side
10627 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10630 This is on the right
10633 \begin_layout Quote
10636 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10640 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10646 \begin_layout Quote
10649 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10653 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10657 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10663 \begin_layout Standard
10664 That was an example in the
10670 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10674 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10678 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10681 is one in a standard paragraph.
10682 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10686 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10689 \begin_layout Standard
10690 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10693 \begin_inset space ~
10698 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10701 \begin_layout Standard
10703 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10707 \begin_inset space ~
10713 \begin_layout Standard
10715 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10719 \begin_inset space ~
10725 \begin_layout Standard
10727 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10731 \begin_inset space ~
10737 \begin_layout Standard
10739 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10743 \begin_inset space ~
10749 \begin_layout Standard
10751 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10755 \begin_inset space ~
10761 \begin_layout Standard
10763 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10767 \begin_inset space ~
10773 \begin_layout Standard
10774 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10782 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10786 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10787 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10788 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10792 option in the space dialog.
10800 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10804 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10809 \begin_inset Index idx
10812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10821 \begin_layout Standard
10822 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10824 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10828 \begin_inset space \space{}
10831 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10834 \begin_layout Standard
10835 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10838 What is correct English?:
10839 \begin_inset Newline newline
10843 \begin_inset Newline newline
10847 \begin_inset space ~
10850 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10851 \begin_inset Newline newline
10855 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10866 \begin_inset Newline newline
10870 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10881 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10887 \begin_layout Standard
10888 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10893 \begin_inset space ~
10897 \begin_inset space ~
10901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10905 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10908 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10912 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10918 \begin_inset space ~
10922 \begin_inset space ~
10926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10929 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10938 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10939 That is why it is named
10940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10948 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10949 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10953 \begin_layout Subsection
10955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10957 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10962 \begin_inset Index idx
10965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10974 \begin_layout Standard
10975 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10977 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10978 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10980 \begin_inset space ~
10986 There you find the following sizes:
10989 \begin_layout Standard
11002 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11007 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11009 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11013 \begin_inset Index idx
11016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11017 Document ! Settings
11022 for the paragraph separation.
11023 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11034 \begin_layout Standard
11040 \begin_inset Index idx
11043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11049 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11050 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11052 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11053 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11062 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11071 s are described in section
11072 \begin_inset space ~
11076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11078 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11087 If there are several
11091 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11092 You can therefore use
11096 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11099 \begin_layout Standard
11104 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11105 \begin_inset space ~
11109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11111 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
11118 \begin_layout Standard
11119 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11129 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11130 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11142 \begin_layout Subsection
11143 Paragraph Alignment
11146 \begin_layout Standard
11147 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11149 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11153 There are five possibilities:
11156 \begin_layout Itemize
11164 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11170 \begin_layout Itemize
11178 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11184 \begin_layout Itemize
11192 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11198 \begin_layout Itemize
11206 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11212 \begin_layout Itemize
11220 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11226 \begin_layout Standard
11227 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11228 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11229 the left and right margins.
11230 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11233 \begin_layout Standard
11235 This paragraph is right aligned,
11238 \begin_layout Standard
11240 this one is centered,
11243 \begin_layout Standard
11245 this one is left aligned.
11248 \begin_layout Subsection
11250 \begin_inset Index idx
11253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11254 Page breaks ! Forced
11260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11262 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11269 \begin_layout Standard
11270 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11271 can force a page break where you want one.
11272 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11273 Only if you use a lot of
11277 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11280 \begin_layout Standard
11281 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11282 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11286 have to change the page breaking.
11289 \begin_layout Standard
11290 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11292 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11294 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11295 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11297 \begin_inset space ~
11303 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11306 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11308 \begin_inset space ~
11313 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11315 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11316 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11319 \begin_layout Standard
11320 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11321 at the top of a page.
11322 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11323 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11324 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11325 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11329 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11333 to learn more about
11340 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11344 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11349 \begin_inset Index idx
11352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11353 Page breaks ! Clear
11361 \begin_layout Standard
11362 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11363 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11364 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11365 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11366 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11369 \begin_layout Standard
11370 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11373 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11375 \begin_inset space ~
11381 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11384 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11386 \begin_inset space ~
11390 \begin_inset space ~
11395 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11396 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11399 \begin_layout Subsection
11401 \begin_inset Index idx
11404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11413 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11420 \begin_layout Standard
11421 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11423 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11425 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11426 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11428 \begin_inset space ~
11432 \begin_inset space ~
11440 arg "newline-insert newline"
11444 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11446 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11447 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11449 \begin_inset space ~
11453 \begin_inset space ~
11458 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11460 This is useful to avoid
11461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11468 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11471 \begin_layout Standard
11472 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11473 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11474 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11475 set a line break, e.
11476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11480 \begin_inset space \space{}
11483 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11484 \begin_inset space ~
11488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11490 reference "sec:Quote"
11495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11497 reference "sec:Verse"
11502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11504 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11511 \begin_layout Subsection
11513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11515 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11520 \begin_inset Index idx
11523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11532 \begin_layout Standard
11534 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11545 \begin_layout Standard
11549 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11550 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11552 \begin_inset space ~
11557 you can insert horizontal lines.
11558 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11559 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11560 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11563 \begin_layout Standard
11565 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11576 \begin_layout Section
11577 Characters and Symbols
11580 \begin_layout Standard
11581 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11582 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11583 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11587 \begin_inset space \space{}
11590 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11598 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11602 for information on how this is done.
11605 \begin_layout Standard
11606 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11611 dialog via the menu
11613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11614 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11620 \begin_layout Standard
11621 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11629 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11630 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11631 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11639 \begin_layout Section
11640 Fonts and Text Styles
11641 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11643 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11650 \begin_layout Subsection
11652 \begin_inset Index idx
11655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11664 \begin_layout Standard
11665 There are two types of fonts:
11668 \begin_layout Description
11670 \begin_inset space ~
11674 \begin_inset Index idx
11677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11683 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11684 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11688 characters) in the font.
11689 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11690 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11691 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11692 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11693 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11694 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11695 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11696 \begin_inset Newline newline
11699 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11700 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11701 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11702 sizes than at small ones.
11703 \begin_inset Newline newline
11717 \begin_inset space ~
11725 \begin_layout Description
11727 \begin_inset space ~
11731 \begin_inset Index idx
11734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11740 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11741 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11742 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11743 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11744 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11745 picture manipulation program.
11746 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11747 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11748 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11749 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11750 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11752 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11753 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11754 \begin_inset Newline newline
11757 Bitmap fonts are named
11760 \begin_inset space ~
11765 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11768 \begin_layout Standard
11769 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11770 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11771 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11772 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11773 use scalable fonts.
11776 \begin_layout Standard
11777 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11778 its document properties.
11781 \begin_layout Standard
11782 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11783 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11784 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11785 font to emphasize text, you use an
11786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11794 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11795 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11799 \begin_layout Subsection
11801 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11803 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11810 \begin_layout Standard
11811 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11812 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11813 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11815 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11816 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11817 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11818 to usual word processors.
11819 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11820 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11821 across different machines.
11822 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11823 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11825 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11827 \begin_inset space ~
11831 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11833 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11838 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11839 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11843 \begin_layout Standard
11844 Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able to
11845 directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely
11847 Both engines are supported by LyX.
11848 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11849 that is installed on your system.
11850 The next section describes how to use these fonts.
11853 \begin_layout Standard
11854 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11862 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11863 es; so you might have to experiment.
11871 \begin_layout Standard
11872 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11880 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11881 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11889 \begin_layout Subsection
11890 Document Font and Font size
11891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11893 name "sub:Document-Font"
11898 \begin_inset Index idx
11901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11908 \begin_inset Index idx
11911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11920 \begin_layout Standard
11921 You can set the document fonts in the
11923 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11927 \begin_inset Index idx
11930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11931 Document ! Settings
11941 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11942 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11945 \begin_inset space ~
11954 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11955 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11959 \begin_layout Standard
11966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11975 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11976 This requires that you use
11982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12021 as the output format, i.
12022 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12026 \begin_inset space \space{}
12029 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12030 \begin_inset space ~
12034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12036 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12041 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12042 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12044 \begin_inset space ~
12047 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12048 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12049 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12051 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12054 \begin_layout Standard
12055 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12060 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12065 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12066 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12073 \begin_inset space ~
12079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12092 European Computer Modern
12095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12102 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12105 \begin_layout Standard
12114 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12115 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12120 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12123 \begin_inset space ~
12128 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12134 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12135 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12138 \begin_layout Itemize
12142 \begin_inset space ~
12147 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12160 \begin_inset space ~
12165 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12169 as the default font.
12170 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12171 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12174 \begin_inset space ~
12187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12188 One difference is improved kerning.
12196 \begin_layout Itemize
12200 \begin_inset space ~
12204 \begin_inset space ~
12209 fonts in (the rare) case that
12212 \begin_inset space ~
12217 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12232 Virtual means that it
12233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12244 -glyphs from other fonts.
12245 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12267 Loading the LaTeX-package
12272 \begin_inset Index idx
12275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12276 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12281 with the document preamble line
12282 \begin_inset Newline newline
12289 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12290 \begin_inset Newline newline
12295 will fix the guillemet problem.
12300 and that accented characters are not
12304 glyph, but built of
12308 characters, the accent and the letter.
12309 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12315 If you search for example for the French word
12316 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12320 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12323 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12329 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12332 and not for the glyph
12333 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12337 \begin_inset space ~
12341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12347 \begin_layout Itemize
12348 If you do not like the look of
12356 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12357 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12361 \begin_inset space ~
12367 \begin_inset space ~
12377 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12378 \begin_inset space ~
12381 serif and typewriter fonts,
12385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12386 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12393 \begin_inset space ~
12402 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12407 \begin_inset space \space{}
12415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12419 \begin_inset space \space{}
12425 \begin_inset space ~
12433 \begin_inset space ~
12443 but you can also select your own.
12444 \begin_inset Newline newline
12447 The differences between roman,
12450 \begin_inset space ~
12459 fonts are explained in section
12460 \begin_inset space ~
12464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12466 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12471 \begin_inset Newline newline
12477 \begin_inset space ~
12482 was originally designed for newspapers.
12483 Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
12484 into the small newspaper columns.
12488 \begin_inset space ~
12493 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12496 \begin_layout Standard
12497 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12510 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12515 depends on the class you are using.
12516 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12519 \begin_layout Standard
12520 Note that the font size is the
12525 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12526 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12527 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12530 \begin_inset space ~
12536 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12537 \begin_inset space ~
12541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12543 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12550 \begin_layout Standard
12555 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12557 \begin_inset space ~
12560 serif or typewriter.
12565 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12575 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12578 \begin_layout Standard
12587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12596 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12602 \begin_inset Index idx
12605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12606 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12612 \begin_inset space ~
12616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12618 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12623 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12624 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12631 \begin_layout Standard
12632 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12634 Use Old Style Figures
12638 Use True Small Caps
12641 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12644 Use Old Style Figures
12646 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12648 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12649 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12653 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12656 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12660 Use True Small Caps
12662 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12663 of scaled capitals.
12664 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12665 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12668 \begin_layout Standard
12673 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12674 a font to display the script characters.
12678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12679 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12684 \begin_inset Index idx
12687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12688 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12693 So this has no effect for the document language
12709 \begin_layout Standard
12710 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12714 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12722 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12726 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12727 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12728 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12730 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12733 dialog, see section
12734 \begin_inset space ~
12738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12740 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12752 \begin_layout Subsection
12753 Using Different Character Styles
12754 \begin_inset Index idx
12757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12764 \begin_inset Index idx
12767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12776 \begin_layout Standard
12777 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12778 certain paragraph environments.
12779 LyX supports two character styles,
12788 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12792 \begin_layout Standard
12797 style, do one of the following:
12800 \begin_layout Itemize
12801 click on the toolbar button
12810 \begin_layout Itemize
12811 use the key binding
12820 \begin_layout Standard
12821 These commands are all toggles.
12826 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12829 \begin_layout Standard
12830 One typically uses the
12834 style for proper names.
12836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12843 is the original author of LyX.
12844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12850 \begin_layout Standard
12851 A more widely used character style is the
12856 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12863 \begin_layout Itemize
12864 clicking on the toolbar button
12873 \begin_layout Itemize
12874 using the keybindings
12883 \begin_layout Standard
12888 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12889 es use a different font.
12892 \begin_layout Standard
12893 We've been using the
12897 style all over the place in this document.
12898 Here's one more example:
12901 \begin_layout Quotation
12904 Do not overuse character styles!
12907 \begin_layout Standard
12908 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12909 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12910 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12911 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12915 \begin_layout Standard
12916 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12924 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12926 \begin_inset space ~
12934 \begin_layout Subsection
12935 Fine-Tuning with the
12940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12942 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12947 \begin_inset Index idx
12950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12959 \begin_layout Standard
12960 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12961 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12962 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12963 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12964 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12965 from ordinary dialog.
12968 \begin_layout Standard
12969 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12970 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12971 \begin_inset Newline newline
12974 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12975 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12978 \begin_layout Standard
12979 To use custom character styles, open the
12981 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12983 \begin_inset space ~
12986 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12989 dialog or press the toolbar button
12992 arg "dialog-show character"
12996 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12997 font property that you can choose.
12998 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
13001 \begin_inset space ~
13006 , which keeps the current state of that property.
13011 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
13012 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
13013 environments in a snap.
13016 \begin_layout Standard
13017 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13020 \begin_inset space ~
13032 \begin_layout Labeling
13033 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13047 The possible options are:
13051 \begin_layout Labeling
13052 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13057 This is the Roman font family.
13058 Normally a serif font.
13059 It's also the default family.
13069 \begin_layout Labeling
13070 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13074 \begin_inset space ~
13081 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13093 \begin_layout Labeling
13094 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13101 This is the Typewriter font family.
13107 arg "font-typewriter"
13116 \begin_layout Labeling
13117 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13122 This corresponds to the print weight.
13127 \begin_layout Labeling
13128 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13133 This is the Medium font series.
13134 It's also the default series.
13137 \begin_layout Labeling
13138 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13145 This is the Bold font series.
13158 \begin_layout Labeling
13159 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13164 As the name implies.
13169 \begin_layout Labeling
13170 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13175 This is the Upright font shape.
13176 It's also the default shape.
13179 \begin_layout Labeling
13180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13194 s the Italic font shape
13200 \begin_layout Labeling
13201 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13208 This is the Slanted font shape
13210 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13213 \begin_layout Labeling
13214 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13218 \begin_inset space ~
13225 This is the Small caps font shape
13232 \begin_layout Labeling
13233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13238 Alters the size of the font.
13239 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13240 proportional to the document font size.
13241 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13242 what you want to do.
13247 \begin_layout Labeling
13248 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13269 arg "font-size tiny"
13275 \begin_layout Labeling
13276 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13297 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13303 \begin_layout Labeling
13304 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13325 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13331 \begin_layout Labeling
13332 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13353 arg "font-size small"
13359 \begin_layout Labeling
13360 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13374 It's also the default size.
13378 arg "font-size normal"
13384 \begin_layout Labeling
13385 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13406 arg "font-size large"
13412 \begin_layout Labeling
13413 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13434 arg "font-size larger"
13440 \begin_layout Labeling
13441 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13462 arg "font-size largest"
13468 \begin_layout Labeling
13469 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13490 arg "font-size huge"
13496 \begin_layout Labeling
13497 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13518 arg "font-size giant"
13524 \begin_layout Labeling
13525 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13530 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13550 arg "font-size increase"
13556 \begin_layout Labeling
13557 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13562 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13571 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13582 arg "font-size decrease"
13589 \begin_layout Standard
13594 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13595 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13596 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13597 — use those instead.
13598 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13601 \begin_layout Labeling
13602 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13607 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13612 \begin_layout Labeling
13613 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13620 This is text with emphasize on
13623 This might seem like the same as
13627 , but it is actually a bit different.
13633 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13635 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13638 \begin_layout Labeling
13639 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13646 This is text with Underbar on.
13652 arg "font-underline"
13658 \begin_inset Newline newline
13663 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13664 when you could not change fonts.
13665 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13666 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13670 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13673 \begin_layout Labeling
13674 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13678 \begin_inset space ~
13685 This is text with Double underbar on.
13691 arg "font-underunderline"
13695 \begin_inset Newline newline
13698 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13699 about double underbar.
13702 \begin_layout Labeling
13703 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13707 \begin_inset space ~
13714 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13720 arg "font-underwave"
13724 \begin_inset Newline newline
13727 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13728 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13731 \begin_layout Labeling
13732 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13739 This is text with Strikeout on.
13745 arg "font-strikeout"
13749 \begin_inset Newline newline
13752 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13753 changed in the meantime.
13756 \begin_layout Labeling
13757 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13764 This is text with Noun on.
13771 , this is a logical attribute.
13772 Normally it's equivalent to
13775 \begin_inset space ~
13784 \begin_layout Labeling
13785 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13790 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13791 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13795 \begin_inset space ~
13800 , which is the default
13801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13808 and means normally black, you can choose between
13841 \begin_inset Index idx
13844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13853 \begin_layout Labeling
13854 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13859 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13860 the language of the document.
13861 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13863 \begin_inset Newline newline
13866 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13867 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13868 When using the spell checking (see section
13869 \begin_inset space ~
13873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13875 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13879 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13882 \begin_layout Standard
13883 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13884 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13886 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13888 \begin_inset space ~
13893 dialog, the settings are saved.
13894 You can activate them by using the toolbar button
13897 arg "textstyle-apply"
13901 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13905 \begin_layout Standard
13906 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13913 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13914 (suppose you just set the shape to
13915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13933 \begin_inset space ~
13945 \begin_layout Standard
13946 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13954 \begin_inset space ~
13966 \begin_layout Itemize
13972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13979 font, which means every character has the same width; the
13980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13984 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13997 \begin_inset Newline newline
14001 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
14004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14015 \begin_inset Note Note
14018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14019 For more on phantoms see section
14020 \begin_inset space ~
14024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14026 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
14036 \begin_inset Newline newline
14042 \begin_layout Itemize
14047 fonts use characters with serifs.
14048 These are the small
14049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14056 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14057 The following example shows the difference:
14058 \begin_inset Newline newline
14062 \begin_inset Newline newline
14067 text without serifs
14070 \begin_inset Newline newline
14073 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14074 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14081 \begin_layout Itemize
14086 is not recommended to use a base type.
14087 This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
14088 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14091 \begin_layout Standard
14092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14099 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14100 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14101 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14103 If you for example apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
14104 currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
14105 and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
14108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14123 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14124 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14132 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14136 \begin_inset space ~
14141 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14157 \begin_inset space \space{}
14161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14179 \begin_inset space ~
14184 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14193 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14196 \begin_layout Standard
14197 We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
14198 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14201 \begin_layout Section
14202 Printing and Previewing
14205 \begin_layout Subsection
14209 \begin_layout Standard
14210 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14211 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14212 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14213 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14214 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14216 Additional Features
14221 \begin_layout Standard
14222 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14223 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14224 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14225 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14226 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14227 This happens in two stages:
14230 \begin_layout Enumerate
14231 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14232 generating a file with the extension,
14233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14247 \begin_layout Enumerate
14248 Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
14252 file to produce printable output.
14256 \begin_layout Subsection
14257 Output file formats
14258 \begin_inset Index idx
14261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14270 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14277 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14278 Simple text (ASCII)
14279 \begin_inset Index idx
14282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14283 File formats ! ASCII
14291 \begin_layout Standard
14292 This file type has the extension
14293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14305 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14309 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14316 \begin_layout Standard
14317 You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
14319 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14320 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14322 \begin_inset space ~
14329 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14330 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14332 \begin_inset space ~
14336 \begin_inset space ~
14342 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14346 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14348 \begin_inset Index idx
14351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14352 File formats ! LaTeX
14360 \begin_layout Standard
14361 This file type has the extension
14362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14373 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14375 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14376 it manually with console commands.
14377 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14378 you view or export your document.
14381 \begin_layout Standard
14382 You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
14384 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14385 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14400 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14401 \begin_inset space ~
14405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14407 reference "sub:Export"
14414 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14416 \begin_inset Index idx
14419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14428 \begin_layout Standard
14429 This file type has the extension
14430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14450 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14451 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14452 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14456 \begin_layout Standard
14457 DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
14458 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14459 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
14460 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
14462 So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
14465 \begin_layout Standard
14466 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14468 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14469 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14474 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14475 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14477 \begin_inset space ~
14484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14494 The latter option uses the program
14503 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14504 font access (see section
14505 \begin_inset space ~
14509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14511 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14516 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14517 standard TeX processor.
14520 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14522 \begin_inset Index idx
14525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14526 File formats ! PostScript
14534 \begin_layout Standard
14535 This file type has the extension
14536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14548 PostScript was developed by the company
14552 as a printer language.
14553 The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
14555 PostScript can be seen as a
14556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14559 programming language
14560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14563 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14568 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14574 \begin_inset Index idx
14577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14578 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14588 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14591 \begin_layout Standard
14592 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14596 Encapsulated PostScript
14597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14600 (EPS, file extension
14601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14613 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14614 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14620 \begin_inset space \space{}
14624 \begin_inset space ~
14627 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14628 \begin_inset space ~
14631 conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
14632 This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
14633 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14634 EPS to avoid this problem.
14637 \begin_layout Standard
14638 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14640 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14641 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14647 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14649 \begin_inset Index idx
14652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14659 \begin_inset Index idx
14662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14671 \begin_layout Standard
14672 This file type has the extension
14673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14686 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14689 Portable Document Format
14690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14697 was derived from PostScript.
14698 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14707 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14708 looks exactly the same.
14711 \begin_layout Standard
14712 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14716 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14720 (JPG, file extension
14721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14748 Portable Network Graphics
14749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14752 (PNG, file extension
14753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14765 You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
14766 background to one of these formats.
14767 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14768 will slow down your workflow.
14769 So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14772 \begin_layout Standard
14773 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14775 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14781 \begin_layout Description
14783 \begin_inset space ~
14786 (ps2pdf) This uses the program
14790 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14791 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14795 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14796 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14799 \begin_layout Description
14801 \begin_inset space ~
14804 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14808 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14812 \begin_layout Description
14814 \begin_inset space ~
14817 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14821 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14824 \begin_layout Description
14826 \begin_inset space ~
14833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14840 X) This uses the program
14844 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14849 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14850 font access (see section
14851 \begin_inset space ~
14855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14857 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14862 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14863 y written Japanese.
14866 \begin_layout Description
14868 \begin_inset space ~
14875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14882 X) This uses the program
14886 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14891 is an even newer engine, derived from
14895 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14896 access (see section
14897 \begin_inset space ~
14901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14903 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14908 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14909 standard TeX processor.
14912 \begin_layout Standard
14916 \begin_inset space ~
14925 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14926 works without problems.
14927 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14928 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14932 \begin_inset space ~
14939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14951 \begin_inset space ~
14958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14967 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14975 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14977 \begin_inset Index idx
14980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14981 FileFormats ! XHTML
14987 \begin_inset Index idx
14990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14999 \begin_layout Standard
15000 This file type has the extension
15001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15013 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
15014 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them,
15015 and when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in
15016 formats suitable for the purpose.
15017 For the math output you can choose in the menu
15019 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15020 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15023 between different formats, which are described in section
15025 Math Output in XHTML
15030 \begin_inset space ~
15038 \begin_layout Standard
15039 XHTML output remains
15040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15047 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15050 LyX and the World Wide Web
15054 Additional Features
15056 manual, for more information.
15059 \begin_layout Standard
15060 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15062 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15063 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15069 \begin_layout Subsection
15071 \begin_inset Index idx
15074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15083 \begin_layout Standard
15084 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15085 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15094 or the toolbar button
15101 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15102 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15103 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15109 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15113 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15121 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15126 Further output formats can be selected via
15128 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15131 or the toolbar button
15132 \begin_inset Graphics
15133 filename ../images/view-others.png
15135 groupId toolbarbuttons
15142 \begin_layout Standard
15143 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15144 viewer window using the menu
15146 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15151 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15152 Update (Other Formats)
15157 \begin_layout Standard
15158 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15160 To have a real output, export your document.
15163 \begin_layout Subsection
15164 Printing the File from within LyX
15165 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15167 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15174 \begin_layout Standard
15175 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15176 it directly from within LyX.
15177 To print a file, select the menu
15179 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15182 or click on the toolbar button
15185 arg "dialog-show print"
15189 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15190 This file is then processed by the program
15194 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15199 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15202 \begin_layout Standard
15203 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15204 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15205 printing one set to print on the other side.
15206 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15207 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15208 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15211 \begin_layout Standard
15212 You can set the parameters in the
15215 \begin_inset space ~
15223 \begin_layout Labeling
15224 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15229 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15234 Note that this printer name is for the program
15243 has to be configured for this printer name.
15244 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15245 \begin_inset space ~
15249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15251 reference "sub:Printer"
15260 The printer should understand PostScript.
15263 \begin_layout Labeling
15264 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15269 The name of a file to print to.
15270 The output will be a PostScript file.
15271 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15275 \begin_layout Section
15276 A few Words about Typography
15277 \begin_inset Index idx
15280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15289 \begin_layout Subsection
15290 Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
15291 \begin_inset Index idx
15294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15301 \begin_inset Index idx
15304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15313 \begin_layout Standard
15315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15326 character comes in four lengths: the
15338 , and the minus sign:
15339 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15345 \begin_layout Standard
15346 \begin_inset Tabular
15347 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15348 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15349 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15350 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15351 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15352 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15381 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15404 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15421 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15446 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15448 \begin_inset space ~
15451 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15458 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15483 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15485 \begin_inset space ~
15488 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15509 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15543 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15549 \begin_layout Standard
15550 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15562 character multiple times in a row.
15563 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15564 the final output, but not in LyX.
15566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15582 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15586 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15596 \begin_layout Standard
15597 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15598 math mode and has a length of its own.
15599 Here are some examples:
15602 \begin_layout Enumerate
15603 line- and page-breaks
15604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15614 \begin_layout Enumerate
15616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15626 \begin_layout Enumerate
15627 Oh — there's a dash.
15628 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15638 \begin_layout Enumerate
15639 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15643 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15653 \begin_layout Subsection
15655 \begin_inset Index idx
15658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15667 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15674 \begin_layout Standard
15675 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15676 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15681 \begin_inset Index idx
15684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15685 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15690 following the rules of the document language.
15693 \begin_layout Standard
15694 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15699 font and with unusual constructs, like
15700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15708 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15710 This is done with the menu
15712 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15713 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15715 \begin_inset space ~
15721 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15722 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15725 \begin_layout Standard
15726 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15727 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15737 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15745 as a hyphenation possibility.
15746 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15747 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15748 as described in section
15749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15752 Prevent Hyphenation
15753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15759 \begin_inset space ~
15767 \begin_layout Subsection
15769 \begin_inset Index idx
15772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15781 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15782 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15783 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15785 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15792 \begin_layout Standard
15793 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15794 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15795 LaTeX then adds the
15796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15799 appropriate amount of space
15800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15804 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15806 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
15807 gets after another word.
15810 \begin_layout Standard
15811 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15812 not work in all cases.
15814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15825 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15826 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15829 \begin_layout Standard
15830 Here are some examples of
15834 abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
15837 \begin_layout Itemize
15842 \begin_layout Itemize
15847 \begin_layout Standard
15848 And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15851 \begin_layout Itemize
15853 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15857 this is too much space!
15860 \begin_layout Itemize
15865 \begin_layout Standard
15866 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15869 \begin_layout Standard
15870 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15873 \begin_layout Enumerate
15877 \begin_inset space ~
15882 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15883 \begin_inset space ~
15887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15889 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15894 \begin_inset Index idx
15897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15898 Spaces ! inter-word
15906 \begin_layout Enumerate
15910 \begin_inset space ~
15915 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15916 \begin_inset space ~
15920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15922 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15927 \begin_inset Index idx
15930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15939 \begin_layout Enumerate
15943 \begin_inset space ~
15947 \begin_inset space ~
15951 \begin_inset space ~
15958 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15960 \begin_inset space ~
15965 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15966 This function is also bound to
15969 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15975 \begin_layout Standard
15976 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15979 \begin_layout Itemize
15981 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15985 \begin_inset space \space{}
15988 this is too much space!
15991 \begin_layout Itemize
15992 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15996 \begin_layout Standard
15997 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15998 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15999 will take care of this.
16002 \begin_layout Standard
16003 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
16007 \begin_inset space ~
16012 feature described in section
16018 Additional Features
16023 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16025 \begin_inset Index idx
16028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16029 Typography ! Quotes
16035 \begin_inset Index idx
16038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16069 \begin_layout Standard
16070 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16071 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16072 and use a closing quote at the end.
16074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16078 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16082 The keyboard character,
16086 , generates this automatically.
16089 \begin_layout Standard
16090 You can specify what character the
16094 key produces using the submenu
16100 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16104 \begin_inset Index idx
16107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16108 Document ! Settings
16118 There are six choices:
16121 \begin_layout Labeling
16122 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16134 Use quotes like this
16135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16145 \begin_layout Labeling
16146 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16149 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16153 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16159 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16163 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16169 \begin_layout Labeling
16170 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16173 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16177 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16183 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16187 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16193 \begin_layout Labeling
16194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16197 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16201 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16207 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16211 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16217 \begin_layout Labeling
16218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16221 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16225 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16231 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16235 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16241 \begin_layout Labeling
16242 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16245 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16249 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16255 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16259 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16265 \begin_layout Subsection
16267 \begin_inset Index idx
16270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16271 Typography ! Ligatures
16277 \begin_inset Index idx
16280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16311 name "sub:Ligatures"
16318 \begin_layout Standard
16319 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16320 print them as single characters.
16321 These groups are known as
16326 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16328 Here are the standard ligatures:
16331 \begin_layout Itemize
16335 \begin_layout Itemize
16339 \begin_layout Itemize
16343 \begin_layout Itemize
16347 \begin_layout Itemize
16351 \begin_layout Standard
16352 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16355 \begin_layout Standard
16356 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16357 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16365 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16381 To break a ligature, use
16383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16384 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16386 \begin_inset space ~
16393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16404 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16421 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16429 \begin_layout Subsection
16431 \begin_inset Index idx
16434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16443 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16450 \begin_layout Standard
16451 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16452 characters in different sizes and heights.
16453 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16454 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16474 \begin_inset Note Note
16477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16478 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16479 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16486 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16487 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16492 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16496 \begin_layout Description
16497 LyX The name of the game, write
16498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16519 \begin_layout Description
16520 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16542 \begin_layout Description
16543 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16565 \begin_layout Description
16566 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16588 \begin_layout Standard
16589 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16594 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16602 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16603 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16604 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16607 : The actual version is
16608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16615 , the previous one was
16616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16626 \begin_layout Standard
16627 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16628 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16632 \begin_inset space \space{}
16635 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16637 This will look in LyX like:
16638 \begin_inset Graphics
16639 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16645 \begin_inset Newline newline
16648 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16649 \begin_inset space ~
16653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16655 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16662 \begin_layout Subsection
16664 \begin_inset Index idx
16667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16676 \begin_layout Standard
16677 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16678 space between two words.
16679 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16689 for units use the menu
16691 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16692 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16694 \begin_inset space ~
16702 arg "space-insert thin"
16708 \begin_layout Standard
16709 Here is an example to show the differences:
16712 \begin_layout Standard
16713 \begin_inset Tabular
16714 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16715 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16716 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16717 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16724 \begin_inset space ~
16728 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16740 space between number and unit
16747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16752 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16756 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16768 half space between number and unit
16781 \begin_layout Subsection
16783 \begin_inset Index idx
16786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16787 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16795 \begin_layout Standard
16796 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16798 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16799 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16800 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16801 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16802 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16803 These bits of text became known as
16814 \begin_layout Standard
16815 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16816 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16817 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16818 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16819 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16820 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16821 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16824 \begin_layout Standard
16825 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16826 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16827 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16828 \begin_inset space ~
16832 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16834 key "latexcompanion"
16839 \begin_inset space ~
16843 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16849 ) may have more information.
16850 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16853 \begin_layout Chapter
16854 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16857 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16864 \begin_layout Standard
16865 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16868 \begin_inset space ~
16874 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16877 \begin_layout Section
16879 \begin_inset Index idx
16882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16889 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16898 \begin_layout Standard
16899 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16902 \begin_layout Description
16904 \begin_inset space ~
16907 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16908 \begin_inset Newline newline
16912 \begin_inset Note Note
16915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16924 \begin_layout Description
16925 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
16926 a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16928 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16929 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16931 \begin_inset space ~
16937 \begin_inset Newline newline
16941 \begin_inset Note Comment
16944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16945 This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
16953 \begin_layout Description
16955 \begin_inset space ~
16958 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16959 set in the document settings under
16961 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16963 \begin_inset space ~
16969 \begin_inset Newline newline
16973 \begin_inset Newline newline
16977 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16986 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16987 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
16992 of a comment that appears in the output.
16998 \begin_inset Newline newline
17002 \begin_inset Newline newline
17005 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
17006 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
17009 \begin_layout Standard
17010 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17022 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17025 \begin_layout Section
17027 \begin_inset Index idx
17030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17039 name "sec:Footnotes"
17046 \begin_layout Standard
17047 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17050 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17053 or the toolbar button
17056 arg "footnote-insert"
17068 \begin_inset Graphics
17069 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17078 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17107 label, the box will
17111 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17112 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17125 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
17126 and click on the footnote
17141 \begin_layout Standard
17142 Here is an example footnote:
17150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17151 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17159 \begin_layout Standard
17160 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17161 position where the footnote box is placed.
17162 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17163 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17164 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17166 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17167 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17172 ey are described in the
17175 \begin_inset space ~
17183 \begin_layout Section
17185 \begin_inset Index idx
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17197 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17204 \begin_layout Standard
17205 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17206 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17208 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17210 \begin_inset space ~
17215 or the toolbar button
17218 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17244 appearing within your text.
17245 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17254 \begin_layout Standard
17255 At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
17259 \begin_inset Marginal
17262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17263 This is a marginal note.
17271 \begin_layout Standard
17272 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17273 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17274 pages, right on odd pages.
17277 \begin_layout Standard
17278 For further information about marginal notes see section
17281 \begin_inset space ~
17289 \begin_inset space ~
17297 \begin_layout Section
17298 Graphics and Images
17299 \begin_inset Index idx
17302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 \begin_inset Index idx
17312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17321 name "sec:Graphics"
17328 \begin_layout Standard
17329 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17330 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17333 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17338 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17342 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17345 \begin_layout Standard
17346 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17351 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17352 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17354 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17355 \begin_inset space ~
17359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17361 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
17368 \begin_layout Standard
17373 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17374 of the image in the output.
17375 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17379 \begin_inset space ~
17383 \begin_inset space ~
17392 \begin_inset space ~
17396 \begin_inset space ~
17400 \begin_inset space ~
17405 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17406 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17414 \begin_layout Standard
17417 LaTeX and LyX options
17419 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17420 In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17424 \begin_inset space ~
17429 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17430 with the image size is printed.
17434 \begin_inset space ~
17438 \begin_inset space ~
17442 \begin_inset space ~
17447 is explained in the
17450 \begin_inset space ~
17462 \begin_layout Standard
17463 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17464 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
17466 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17470 \begin_layout Standard
17472 \begin_inset Graphics
17473 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17481 \begin_layout Standard
17482 If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
17483 the image into a float, see section
17484 \begin_inset space ~
17488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17490 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17497 \begin_layout Subsection
17499 \begin_inset Index idx
17502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17511 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17518 \begin_layout Standard
17519 You can insert images in any known file format.
17520 But as we explained in section
17521 \begin_inset space ~
17525 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17527 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17531 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17532 LyX therefore uses the program
17536 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17537 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17538 use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17539 \begin_inset space ~
17543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17545 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17552 \begin_layout Standard
17553 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17556 \begin_layout Description
17558 \begin_inset space ~
17561 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17562 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17563 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17567 Graphics Interchange Format
17568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17571 (GIF, file extension
17572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17584 \begin_inset Index idx
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17619 Portable Network Graphics
17620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17623 (PNG, file extension
17624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17636 \begin_inset Index idx
17639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17671 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17675 (JPG, file extension
17676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17700 \begin_inset Index idx
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17734 \begin_layout Description
17736 \begin_inset space ~
17739 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17741 The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
17742 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17743 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17744 \begin_inset Newline newline
17747 Scalable image formats can be
17748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17751 Scalable Vector Graphics
17752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17755 (SVG, file extension
17756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17768 \begin_inset Index idx
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17803 Encapsulated PostScript
17804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17807 (EPS, file extension
17808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17820 \begin_inset Index idx
17823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17855 Portable Document Format
17856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17859 (PDF, file extension
17860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17872 \begin_inset Index idx
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17890 , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
17891 result will not be scalable.
17892 In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17898 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17906 \begin_layout Standard
17907 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17911 \begin_layout Subsection
17912 Grouping of Image Settings
17913 \begin_inset Index idx
17916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17917 Images ! Settings grouping
17925 \begin_layout Standard
17926 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17928 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17929 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17931 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17932 need to manually change each of them.
17936 \begin_layout Standard
17937 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17940 \begin_inset space ~
17945 field in the Graphics dialog.
17946 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17947 by checking the name of the desired group.
17950 \begin_layout Section
17952 \begin_inset Index idx
17955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17971 \begin_layout Standard
17972 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17975 arg "tabular-insert"
17980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17984 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17985 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17986 from the rest of the table.
17987 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17988 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17990 Here is an example table:
17993 \begin_layout Standard
17995 \begin_inset Tabular
17996 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17997 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17998 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17999 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18000 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18201 \begin_layout Subsection
18205 \begin_layout Standard
18206 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
18207 brings up the table dialog.
18208 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
18209 where the cursor is placed currently.
18210 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18211 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18212 done on all of your selection.
18215 \begin_layout Standard
18216 In addition to the table dialog, the
18219 \begin_inset space ~
18224 helps you in setting table properties.
18225 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
18228 \begin_layout Standard
18232 \begin_inset space ~
18237 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18238 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18239 current cell respectively.
18240 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18242 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18243 of text, see section
18244 \begin_inset space ~
18248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18250 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18257 \begin_layout Standard
18258 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18259 using the check box
18268 This will merge the cells to
18272 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18273 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18274 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18275 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18276 in the last row without the upper border:
18279 \begin_layout Standard
18281 \begin_inset Tabular
18282 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18283 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18284 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18285 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18286 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18287 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18307 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18383 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18418 \begin_layout Standard
18419 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18420 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18421 explained in the tables section of the
18424 \begin_inset space ~
18430 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18431 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18434 degrees counterclockwise.
18435 These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
18438 \begin_layout Standard
18439 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18447 Most DVI-viewers are
18451 able to display rotations.
18459 \begin_layout Standard
18464 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18469 adds lines for all cell borders.
18472 \begin_layout Subsection
18474 \begin_inset Index idx
18477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18478 Tables ! Longtables
18484 \begin_inset Index idx
18487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18496 \begin_layout Standard
18497 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18500 \begin_inset space ~
18504 \begin_inset space ~
18513 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18514 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18517 \begin_layout Description
18522 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18523 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18524 except for the first page, if
18527 \begin_inset space ~
18535 \begin_layout Description
18539 \begin_inset space ~
18544 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18545 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18548 \begin_layout Description
18553 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18554 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18555 except for the last page, if
18558 \begin_inset space ~
18566 \begin_layout Description
18570 \begin_inset space ~
18575 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18576 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18579 \begin_layout Description
18580 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18581 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18587 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18590 \begin_inset space ~
18598 \begin_layout Standard
18599 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18600 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18601 that only the first one is used in the given table row.
18602 The others will then be defined as
18607 In this context, first means first in this order:
18610 \begin_inset space ~
18622 \begin_inset space ~
18628 See the following longtable to see how it works:
18631 \begin_layout Standard
18633 \begin_inset Tabular
18634 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18635 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18636 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18637 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18638 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18639 <row endfirsthead="true">
18640 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18646 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18651 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18660 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <row endfirsthead="true">
18671 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18682 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18703 <row endhead="true">
18704 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18715 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18724 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18734 <row endhead="true">
18735 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18746 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18755 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18767 <row endfoot="true">
18768 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18779 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18788 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18819 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19760 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19769 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19778 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19789 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19820 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19851 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19882 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19913 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19944 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19975 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20006 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20037 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20068 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20099 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20130 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20161 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20192 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20223 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20254 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20285 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20316 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20347 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20378 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20409 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20440 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20471 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20502 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20533 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20564 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20595 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20626 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20657 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20688 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20719 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20749 <row endlastfoot="true">
20750 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20761 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20770 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20787 \begin_layout Subsection
20789 \begin_inset Index idx
20792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20799 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20801 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20808 \begin_layout Standard
20809 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20810 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20811 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20812 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20816 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
20817 for the cell's paragraph.
20820 \begin_layout Standard
20821 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20822 for the column in the table dialog.
20823 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20824 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20828 \begin_layout Standard
20830 \begin_inset Tabular
20831 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20832 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20833 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20834 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20835 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20855 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20924 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20980 This is longer now.
20985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21036 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21037 This is longer now.
21042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21068 \begin_layout Standard
21069 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21070 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21075 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21076 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21082 Selection with the mouse or with
21086 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21087 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21088 the selection from outside the table.
21091 \begin_layout Section
21093 \begin_inset Index idx
21096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21112 \begin_layout Subsection
21116 \begin_layout Standard
21117 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21118 have a fixed location.
21120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21127 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21135 \begin_inset space ~
21140 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21141 too many notes on the page.
21144 \begin_layout Standard
21145 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21146 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21147 and pages without text.
21148 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
21149 , every float can be referenced in the text.
21150 Floats are therefore numbered.
21151 Referencing is described in section
21152 \begin_inset space ~
21156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21158 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21165 \begin_layout Standard
21166 To insert a float, use the menu
21168 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21172 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21173 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21175 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21176 \begin_inset Index idx
21179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21185 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21186 paragraph within the float.
21187 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21188 by left-clicking on the box label.
21189 A closed float box looks like this:
21190 \begin_inset Graphics
21191 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21196 – a gray button with a red label.
21199 \begin_layout Standard
21200 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21201 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21204 \begin_layout Subsection
21208 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21210 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21212 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21217 \begin_inset Index idx
21220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21221 Floats ! Figure floats
21229 \begin_layout Standard
21231 \begin_inset space ~
21235 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21237 reference "cap:Platypus"
21241 was created using the menu
21243 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21244 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21247 or the toolbar button
21250 arg "float-insert figure"
21254 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21257 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21260 or the toolbar button
21263 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21267 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21268 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21270 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21272 \begin_inset space ~
21277 or the toolbar button
21280 arg "layout-paragraph"
21286 \begin_layout Standard
21287 \begin_inset Float figure
21292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21294 \begin_inset Graphics
21295 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21305 \begin_inset Caption
21307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21308 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21310 name "cap:Platypus"
21314 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21327 \begin_layout Standard
21328 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21330 As described in section
21331 \begin_inset space ~
21335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21337 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21341 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
21343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21346 or the toolbar button
21352 and refer to it using the menu
21354 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21357 or the toolbar button
21360 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21364 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21373 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21385 \begin_layout Standard
21386 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21387 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21388 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21389 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21390 as described in section
21391 \begin_inset space ~
21395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21397 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21403 \begin_inset space ~
21407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21409 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21413 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21414 You can also set the images one below the other.
21416 \begin_inset space ~
21420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21422 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21429 reference "fig:Platypus"
21433 are the subfigures.
21436 \begin_layout Standard
21437 \begin_inset Float figure
21442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21443 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21447 \begin_inset Float figure
21452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21453 \begin_inset Caption
21455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21458 name "fig:Undefinable"
21470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21471 \begin_inset Graphics
21472 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21483 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21487 \begin_inset Float figure
21492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21493 \begin_inset Caption
21495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21498 name "fig:Platypus"
21510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21511 \begin_inset Graphics
21512 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21524 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21531 \begin_inset Caption
21533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21536 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21540 Two distorted images.
21553 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21555 \begin_inset Index idx
21558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21559 Floats ! Table floats
21567 \begin_layout Standard
21568 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21571 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21574 or the toolbar button
21577 arg "float-insert table"
21581 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21584 \begin_inset space ~
21588 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21590 reference "tab:Table-float"
21597 \begin_layout Standard
21598 \begin_inset Float table
21603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21604 \begin_inset Caption
21606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21609 name "tab:Table-float"
21621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21623 \begin_inset Tabular
21624 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21625 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21626 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21627 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21628 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21755 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21776 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21779 \end{array}\right]$
21787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21800 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21821 \begin_layout Subsection
21823 \begin_inset Index idx
21826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21835 \begin_layout Standard
21836 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21837 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21838 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21840 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21848 \begin_inset space ~
21856 \begin_layout Section
21858 \begin_inset Index idx
21861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21868 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21870 name "sec:Minipages"
21877 \begin_layout Standard
21878 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21880 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21881 \begin_inset space ~
21888 \begin_layout Standard
21889 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21895 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21896 and its alignment within the page.
21899 \begin_layout Standard
21901 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21911 height_special "totalheight"
21914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21917 This is a minipage.
21918 The text is set in an italic style.
21921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21924 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21925 another formatting.
21933 \begin_layout Standard
21934 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21937 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21941 as described in section
21942 \begin_inset space ~
21946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21948 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21953 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21959 \begin_layout Standard
21960 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21970 height_special "totalheight"
21973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21974 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21975 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21981 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21985 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21995 height_special "totalheight"
21998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21999 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22000 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22008 \begin_layout Standard
22009 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22015 \begin_layout Standard
22016 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
22017 to other box types.
22018 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22025 \begin_inset space ~
22033 \begin_layout Chapter
22034 Mathematical Formulas
22035 \begin_inset Index idx
22038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22045 \begin_inset Index idx
22048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22079 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
22086 \begin_layout Standard
22087 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22092 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22095 \begin_layout Section
22097 \begin_inset Index idx
22100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22109 \begin_layout Standard
22110 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22117 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22119 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22120 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22121 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22123 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22129 \begin_layout Standard
22130 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22134 \begin_inset space ~
22139 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22142 \begin_layout Standard
22143 There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
22144 Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
22147 \begin_layout Standard
22148 This is a line with an inline formula
22149 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22155 \begin_layout Standard
22156 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
22157 paragraph, like this one:
22158 \begin_inset Formula
22165 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22168 \begin_layout Standard
22169 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22175 \begin_inset space \space{}
22179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22189 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22192 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22193 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22197 Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22200 \begin_inset space ~
22208 \begin_layout Subsection
22209 Navigating in Formulas
22210 \begin_inset Index idx
22213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22222 \begin_layout Standard
22223 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22224 achieved with the arrow keys.
22225 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22226 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22231 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22232 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22236 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22240 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22243 \end{array}\right]$
22251 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22256 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22257 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22260 \begin_layout Standard
22265 , printed in this document as
22266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22287 \begin_inset Note Note
22290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22291 This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
22292 the space character (visible space).
22297 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22298 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22299 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22304 For example, if you want
22305 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22359 , since in the latter case only the
22362 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22367 will be under the square root sign:
22368 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22374 \begin_layout Standard
22375 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22377 \begin_inset Formula
22379 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22388 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22389 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22392 \begin_layout Subsection
22396 \begin_layout Standard
22397 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22398 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22402 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22403 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22404 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22405 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22406 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22409 \begin_layout Subsection
22410 Exponents and Subscripts
22411 \begin_inset Index idx
22414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22421 \begin_inset Index idx
22424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22433 \begin_layout Standard
22434 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
22437 arg "math-superscript"
22443 arg "math-subscript"
22446 ), but the much easier way is to use a command.
22448 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22451 , type in a formula
22457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22473 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22479 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22483 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22504 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22513 , you have to use an extra
22517 to separate the hat and the character.
22519 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22523 \begin_inset space \space{}
22527 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22548 Subscripts are similar: To get
22549 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22572 \begin_layout Subsection
22574 \begin_inset Index idx
22577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22586 \begin_layout Standard
22587 Create a fraction with either the command
22596 arg "math-insert \\frac"
22602 \begin_inset space ~
22608 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22609 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22610 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22615 To move back up, press
22620 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22621 \begin_inset Formula
22623 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22626 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22634 \begin_layout Subsection
22636 \begin_inset Index idx
22639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22648 \begin_layout Standard
22649 Roots can be created using the
22652 \begin_inset space ~
22660 arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
22666 arg "math-insert \\root"
22688 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22694 produces always a square root.
22697 \begin_layout Subsection
22698 Operators with Limits
22699 \begin_inset Index idx
22702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22709 \begin_inset Index idx
22712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22719 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22721 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22728 \begin_layout Standard
22730 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22734 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22737 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22738 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22739 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22740 The sum operator will automatically place its
22741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22748 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22751 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22755 \begin_inset Formula
22757 \sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22762 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22766 \begin_layout Standard
22767 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22769 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22770 behind the operator and hitting
22778 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22779 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22781 \begin_inset space ~
22785 \begin_inset space ~
22793 \begin_layout Standard
22794 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22799 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22802 feature as addition, such as
22803 \begin_inset Index idx
22806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22813 \begin_inset Formula
22815 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22820 which will place the
22821 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22833 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22834 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22840 \begin_layout Standard
22841 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22848 Have a look at section
22849 \begin_inset space ~
22853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22855 reference "sub:Functions"
22859 for an explanation of function macros.
22862 \begin_layout Subsection
22864 \begin_inset Index idx
22867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22876 \begin_layout Standard
22877 Most math symbols can be found in the
22880 \begin_inset space ~
22885 under one of several categories; including
22902 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22906 \begin_layout Standard
22907 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22908 you don't have to use the
22911 \begin_inset space ~
22916 ; you can type the command directly into the formula.
22917 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22920 \begin_layout Subsection
22922 \begin_inset Index idx
22925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22934 \begin_layout Standard
22935 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22940 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
22946 \begin_inset space ~
22956 arg "math-insert \\space"
22962 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22963 For example, the sequence
22968 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22972 \begin_inset Graphics
22973 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22978 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22979 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22980 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22981 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22983 Here are two examples:
22986 \begin_layout Standard
22996 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23002 \begin_layout Standard
23012 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23018 \begin_layout Subsection
23020 \begin_inset Index idx
23023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23030 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23032 name "sub:Functions"
23039 \begin_layout Standard
23043 \begin_inset space ~
23048 contains under the button
23053 arg "math-insert \\functions"
23058 a number of function macros, such as
23059 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23063 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23071 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23078 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23079 avoid confusions, because
23080 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23084 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23090 \begin_layout Standard
23091 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23093 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23097 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23103 \begin_layout Standard
23104 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23105 s are placed, as described in section
23106 \begin_inset space ~
23110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23112 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23119 \begin_layout Subsection
23121 \begin_inset Index idx
23124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23133 \begin_layout Standard
23134 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23136 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23137 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23142 \begin_inset space \space{}
23146 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23149 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23150 Our example is entered by typing
23158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23171 \begin_inset space ~
23175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23177 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23181 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23184 \begin_layout Standard
23185 \begin_inset Float table
23190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23191 \begin_inset Caption
23193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23194 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23196 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23200 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23210 \begin_inset Tabular
23211 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23212 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23213 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23214 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23215 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23299 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23353 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23407 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23461 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23515 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23569 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23623 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23677 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23731 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23776 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23797 \begin_layout Standard
23798 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23801 \begin_inset space ~
23809 arg "math-insert \\hat"
23812 in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23816 \begin_layout Section
23817 Brackets and Delimiters
23818 \begin_inset Index idx
23821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23828 \begin_inset Index idx
23831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23838 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23840 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23847 \begin_layout Standard
23848 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23849 For some purposes, using just the keys
23854 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23855 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23856 toolbar delimiter icon
23859 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23863 For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
23864 \begin_inset Formula
23866 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23874 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
23875 Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
23879 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23882 and the expression on the right was entered using the
23888 \begin_inset Formula
23890 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
23898 \begin_layout Standard
23899 If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
23900 that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
23904 \begin_layout Standard
23905 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23906 left side and right side.
23907 If you use the option
23910 \begin_inset space ~
23915 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23916 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23917 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23918 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23921 \begin_layout Standard
23922 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23923 you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
23924 go inside the brackets.
23925 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23930 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23931 The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
23932 braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
23933 For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
23934 the structure and enter
23937 arg "math-delim ( )"
23943 \begin_layout Section
23944 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23945 \begin_inset Index idx
23948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23955 \begin_inset Index idx
23958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23965 \begin_inset Index idx
23968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23969 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23977 \begin_layout Standard
23978 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23981 \begin_inset space ~
23991 arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
23997 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23998 Here is an example:
23999 \begin_inset Formula
24001 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24010 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24011 \begin_inset space ~
24015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24017 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24022 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24023 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24024 This alignment is set in the box
24029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24077 for every column as default.
24078 For example, the sequence
24079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24090 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24091 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24092 corresponds to the relevant column.
24093 The result will look like this:
24094 \begin_inset Formula
24097 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24098 column & has & has\, right\\
24099 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24108 \begin_layout Standard
24109 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24112 arg "newline-insert newline"
24115 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24116 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24118 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24121 or the math toolbar.
24124 \begin_layout Standard
24125 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24126 It can be created with the menu
24128 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24129 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24131 \begin_inset space ~
24143 Here is an example:
24144 \begin_inset Formula
24158 \begin_layout Standard
24159 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24162 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24165 arg "newline-insert newline"
24169 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24174 arg "newline-insert newline"
24177 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24185 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24186 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24187 A new row is created by every further hit of
24190 arg "newline-insert newline"
24194 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24195 Here is an example:
24196 \begin_inset Formula
24198 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24199 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24204 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
24205 in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24206 \begin_inset Formula
24208 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24216 \begin_layout Standard
24217 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24224 There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
24225 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
24226 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24228 reference "eq:asquared"
24233 The other types are described in section
24234 \begin_inset space ~
24238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24240 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24247 \begin_layout Section
24248 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24249 \begin_inset Index idx
24252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24253 Math ! Formula numbering
24259 \begin_inset Index idx
24262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24263 Math ! Referencing formulas
24269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24271 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24278 \begin_layout Standard
24279 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24281 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24282 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24284 \begin_inset space ~
24292 arg "math-number-toggle"
24296 The formula number appears in LyX as
24297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24304 within parentheses.
24306 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24310 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24313 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24315 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24316 the document class.
24317 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24318 separated by a dot:
24319 \begin_inset Formula
24329 arg "math-number-toggle"
24332 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24333 You can only number displayed formulas.
24336 \begin_layout Standard
24337 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24339 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24340 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24342 \begin_inset space ~
24346 \begin_inset space ~
24350 \begin_inset space ~
24358 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24361 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24362 \begin_inset Formula
24365 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24371 To number all lines use the shortcut
24374 arg "math-number-toggle"
24380 \begin_layout Standard
24381 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24384 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24385 A label is inserted with the menu
24387 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24390 when the cursor is in the formula.
24391 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24392 It is recommended to use the proposed
24393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24404 as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
24405 label type when you have many labels in your document.
24406 We inserted in the following example the label
24407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24414 in the second line:
24415 \begin_inset Formula
24417 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24418 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24423 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24424 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24434 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24436 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24438 \begin_inset space ~
24444 A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
24445 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
24446 as the formula number:
24449 \begin_layout Standard
24450 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24453 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24460 \begin_layout Standard
24461 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24462 \begin_inset space ~
24466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24468 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24473 To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
24481 \begin_layout Section
24482 User defined math macros
24483 \begin_inset Index idx
24486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24495 \begin_layout Standard
24496 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24497 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24498 Math macros are explained in section
24501 \begin_inset space ~
24513 \begin_layout Section
24517 \begin_layout Subsection
24519 \begin_inset Index idx
24522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24531 \begin_layout Standard
24532 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24533 To set a font in a formula, use the
24536 \begin_inset space ~
24546 arg "math-insert \\font"
24551 , or enter its command, listed in table
24552 \begin_inset space ~
24556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24558 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24565 \begin_layout Standard
24566 \begin_inset Float table
24571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24572 \begin_inset Caption
24574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24575 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24577 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24581 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24591 \begin_inset Tabular
24592 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24593 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24594 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24595 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24627 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24654 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24681 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24714 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24741 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24768 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24802 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24829 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24863 \begin_layout Standard
24864 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24872 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24888 \begin_layout Standard
24889 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24890 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24895 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24896 space when you need a space in the box.
24897 Here is an example where
24898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24909 denotes the set of numbers:
24910 \begin_inset Formula
24912 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24920 \begin_layout Standard
24921 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24923 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24927 \begin_inset space \space{}
24939 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24943 \begin_inset Newline newline
24946 So it is better not to use this feature.
24949 \begin_layout Standard
24950 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24951 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24955 \begin_inset Newline newline
24958 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24964 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24965 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24971 \begin_layout Standard
24978 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24981 \begin_layout Standard
24982 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24984 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24985 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24987 \begin_inset space ~
24995 \begin_layout Subsection
24997 \begin_inset Index idx
25000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25009 \begin_layout Standard
25010 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25012 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25016 \begin_inset space ~
25020 \begin_inset space ~
25028 \begin_inset space ~
25038 arg "math-insert \\font"
25050 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25051 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25052 Here is an example:
25053 \begin_inset Formula
25056 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25057 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25066 \begin_layout Subsection
25068 \begin_inset Index idx
25071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25080 \begin_layout Standard
25081 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25082 automatically chosen in most situations.
25100 For most characters,
25108 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25109 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25114 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25115 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25117 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25122 arg "math-insert \\style"
25128 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25129 For example, you can set
25130 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25133 , which is normally in
25142 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25146 The four styles are used in the following example:
25149 \begin_layout Standard
25150 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25154 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25158 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25162 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25168 \begin_layout Standard
25169 All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
25170 is set in a particular size with the menu
25172 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25174 \begin_inset space ~
25179 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25180 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25181 will be adjusted to correspond.
25182 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25193 \begin_layout Standard
25197 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25203 \begin_layout Section
25207 \begin_layout Standard
25208 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25209 the document classes and into layout modules.
25210 \begin_inset Index idx
25213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25219 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25220 other than the AMS classes.
25222 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25224 reference "sub:Modules"
25228 for more on layout modules.
25231 \begin_layout Section
25233 \begin_inset Index idx
25236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25243 \begin_inset Index idx
25246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25255 \begin_layout Standard
25256 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25257 (AMS) that are in common use.
25260 \begin_layout Subsection
25261 Enabling AMS-Support
25264 \begin_layout Standard
25265 Selecting the checkbox
25268 \begin_inset space ~
25272 \begin_inset space ~
25276 \begin_inset space ~
25283 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25287 \begin_inset Index idx
25290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25291 Document ! Settings
25299 \begin_inset space ~
25304 will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
25305 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25306 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25309 \begin_layout Subsection
25311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25313 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25318 \begin_inset Index idx
25321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25322 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25330 \begin_layout Standard
25331 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25332 LyX allows you to choose between
25353 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25356 \begin_layout Chapter
25360 \begin_layout Section
25362 \begin_inset Index idx
25365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25372 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25374 name "sec:Cross-References"
25381 \begin_layout Standard
25382 One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
25383 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25385 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25386 The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
25387 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25390 \begin_layout Enumerate
25394 \begin_layout Enumerate
25395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25397 name "enu:Second-item"
25404 \begin_layout Enumerate
25408 \begin_layout Standard
25409 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25411 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25414 or by pressing the toolbar button
25421 A gray label box like this:
25422 \begin_inset Graphics
25423 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25428 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25429 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25464 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25469 \begin_inset space \space{}
25472 if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
25474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25488 \begin_layout Standard
25489 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25491 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25494 or the toolbar button
25497 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25501 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25502 \begin_inset Graphics
25503 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25508 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25510 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25523 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25527 \begin_layout Standard
25530 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25533 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25538 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25539 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25541 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25553 \begin_layout Standard
25554 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25555 \begin_inset space ~
25559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25561 reference "enu:Second-item"
25568 \begin_layout Standard
25569 It is recommended to use a protected space
25573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25574 described in section
25575 \begin_inset space ~
25579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25581 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25590 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25591 line breaks between them.
25594 \begin_layout Standard
25595 There are six formats of cross-references:
25598 \begin_layout Description
25599 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25602 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25609 \begin_layout Description
25610 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25611 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25623 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25630 \begin_layout Description
25631 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25632 \begin_inset space ~
25636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25637 LatexCommand pageref
25638 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25645 \begin_layout Description
25647 \begin_inset space ~
25651 \begin_inset space ~
25654 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25656 LatexCommand vpageref
25657 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25664 \begin_layout Description
25666 \begin_inset space ~
25670 \begin_inset space ~
25674 \begin_inset space ~
25677 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25680 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25687 \begin_layout Description
25689 \begin_inset space ~
25692 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25693 \begin_inset Newline newline
25697 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25705 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25714 \begin_inset Index idx
25717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25718 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25724 \begin_inset Index idx
25727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25728 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25739 \begin_inset Newline newline
25742 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25745 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25749 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25750 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25758 is the default and preferred because
25762 supports only English documents.
25763 The format is specified by using the command
25775 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25776 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25789 ) can be done with this command
25790 \begin_inset Newline newline
25797 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25802 \begin_inset Newline newline
25805 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25807 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25809 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25816 \begin_layout Description
25818 \begin_inset space ~
25821 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25822 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25823 LatexCommand nameref
25824 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25831 \begin_layout Standard
25836 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25839 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25843 \begin_inset space \space{}
25847 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25861 <reference> on page <page>
25863 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25866 \begin_layout Standard
25867 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25868 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25869 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25873 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25877 \begin_layout Standard
25878 You can only use the style
25882 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25886 is always possible.
25889 \begin_layout Standard
25890 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25891 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25893 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25894 \begin_inset space ~
25898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25900 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25907 \begin_layout Standard
25908 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25912 \begin_inset space ~
25916 \begin_inset space ~
25921 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25922 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25925 \begin_inset space ~
25930 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25931 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25934 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25940 \begin_layout Standard
25941 You can change labels at any time.
25942 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25943 do not need to think about this.
25946 \begin_layout Standard
25947 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25948 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25951 \begin_layout Standard
25952 References are described in detail in sec.
25953 \begin_inset space ~
25957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25967 \begin_inset space ~
25975 \begin_layout Section
25976 Table of Contents and other Listings
25977 \begin_inset Index idx
25980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25987 \begin_inset Index idx
25990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25997 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26006 \begin_layout Subsection
26008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26010 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26017 \begin_layout Standard
26018 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26020 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26021 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26023 \begin_inset space ~
26027 \begin_inset space ~
26033 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26034 If you click on it, the
26038 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
26039 to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
26040 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26042 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26045 that is described in sec.
26046 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26052 reference "sec:Navigating"
26059 \begin_layout Standard
26060 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26061 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26063 \begin_inset space ~
26067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26069 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26073 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26075 \begin_inset space ~
26079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26081 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26085 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26087 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26090 \begin_layout Subsection
26091 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26092 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26094 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26101 \begin_layout Standard
26102 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26103 You can insert them via the
26105 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26107 \begin_inset space ~
26111 \begin_inset space ~
26117 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26120 \begin_layout Section
26121 URLs and Hyperlinks
26122 \begin_inset Index idx
26125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26132 \begin_inset Index idx
26135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26144 \begin_layout Subsection
26146 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26155 \begin_layout Standard
26156 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26158 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26164 \begin_layout Standard
26165 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26166 \begin_inset Flex URL
26169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26179 \begin_layout Standard
26180 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26186 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26190 \begin_layout Standard
26191 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26199 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26207 \begin_layout Subsection
26209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26211 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26218 \begin_layout Standard
26219 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26221 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26224 or with the toolbar button
26231 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26240 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26241 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26242 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26244 name "LyX's homepage"
26245 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26249 , an Email address like this:
26250 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26252 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26253 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26258 , or a link to a file.
26261 \begin_layout Standard
26262 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
26264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26275 to the link target.
26278 \begin_layout Standard
26279 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26280 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26281 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26282 the text style dialog.
26283 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26287 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26289 name "LyX's homepage"
26290 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26297 \begin_layout Standard
26298 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26302 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26304 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26305 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26309 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26311 \begin_inset Newline newline
26319 \begin_inset Newline newline
26326 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26329 \begin_layout Section
26331 \begin_inset Index idx
26334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26343 name "sec:Appendices"
26350 \begin_layout Standard
26351 Appendices are created with the menu
26353 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26355 \begin_inset space ~
26359 \begin_inset space ~
26365 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26366 as the appendix region.
26367 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26370 \begin_layout Standard
26371 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26372 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26373 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26374 and the subsection number.
26375 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26379 \begin_layout Standard
26381 \begin_inset space ~
26385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26387 reference "cha:Credits"
26392 \begin_inset space ~
26396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26398 reference "sub:Export"
26405 \begin_layout Section
26407 \begin_inset Index idx
26410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26419 name "sec:Bibliography"
26426 \begin_layout Standard
26427 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26428 You can include a bibliography database,
26432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26433 Known under the name
26434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26446 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26447 manually, using the paragraph environment
26451 , which was described in section
26452 \begin_inset space ~
26456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26458 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26463 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26464 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26468 use a bibliography database.
26471 \begin_layout Subsection
26472 The Bibliography Environment
26475 \begin_layout Standard
26480 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26482 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26491 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26493 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26502 , a short form of its title, as the key.
26505 \begin_layout Standard
26506 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26508 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26511 or the toolbar button
26514 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26518 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26519 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26520 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26521 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26525 \begin_layout Standard
26526 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26527 entry with surrounding brackets.
26532 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26533 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26545 \begin_layout Standard
26548 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26551 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26553 key "latexcompanion"
26560 \begin_layout Standard
26561 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26562 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26571 \begin_layout Subsection
26572 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26573 \begin_inset Index idx
26576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26577 Bibliography ! Databases
26583 \begin_inset Index idx
26586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26587 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26595 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26602 \begin_layout Standard
26603 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26609 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26611 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26612 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26617 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26619 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26620 your working field in a database.
26621 This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
26622 the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
26623 list for that document.
26624 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26628 \begin_layout Standard
26629 The database is a text file with the file extension
26630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26641 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26642 The format is explained in
26643 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26649 and in LaTeX books (
26650 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26652 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26657 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26658 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26659 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26660 \begin_inset Flex URL
26663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26665 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26673 \begin_layout Standard
26674 To use a database, use the menu
26676 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26681 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26694 \begin_inset space ~
26700 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26701 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26704 Add bibliography to TOC
26706 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26711 drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
26712 in the document or just the cited references.
26715 \begin_layout Standard
26716 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26728 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26729 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26730 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26732 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26738 For information on how this is done, have a look at
26739 \begin_inset Newline newline
26743 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26745 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26757 \begin_layout Standard
26758 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26761 \begin_layout Standard
26762 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26763 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
26764 either in the document settings under
26768 or in LyX's preferences under
26770 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26785 The following variants are possible:
26788 \begin_layout Description
26789 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26790 other bibliography packages (like e.
26791 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26795 \begin_inset space ~
26802 ), only with the package
26806 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26810 \begin_layout Description
26811 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26812 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26813 with all bibliography packages, except of
26818 \begin_layout Description
26819 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26824 , works with all bibliography packages
26827 \begin_layout Standard
26828 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26830 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26836 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26845 \begin_layout Standard
26846 When you select the option
26848 Sectioned bibliography
26852 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26855 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26856 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26858 Customizing Bibliographies
26866 Additional Features
26871 \begin_layout Standard
26872 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26873 the two methods of creating them.
26874 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26875 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26876 We used the style file
26880 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26883 \begin_layout Subsection
26884 Bibliography layout
26885 \begin_inset Index idx
26888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26889 Bibliography ! Layout
26897 \begin_layout Standard
26898 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26899 For this feature you need to enable the option
26905 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26909 \begin_inset Index idx
26912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26913 Document ! Settings
26923 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26924 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26925 in the previous section.
26928 \begin_layout Standard
26929 You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
26930 the citation reference window.
26931 Here is an example where the text
26932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26936 \begin_inset space ~
26940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26943 appears after the reference:
26946 \begin_layout Standard
26948 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26951 key "latexcompanion"
26958 \begin_layout Section
26960 \begin_inset Index idx
26963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26970 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26979 \begin_layout Standard
26980 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26982 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26984 \begin_inset space ~
26989 or the toolbar button
26997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27008 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27009 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27010 by LyX as the index entry.
27013 \begin_layout Standard
27014 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27015 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27017 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27019 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27026 \begin_layout Standard
27027 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27029 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27031 \begin_inset space ~
27035 \begin_inset space ~
27038 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27040 \begin_inset space ~
27046 A light blue box labeled
27047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27058 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27059 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27062 \begin_layout Subsection
27063 Grouping Index Entries
27064 \begin_inset Index idx
27067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27076 \begin_layout Standard
27077 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27079 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27080 lists under the entry
27081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27089 First we create the entry
27090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27098 \begin_inset space ~
27102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27104 reference "sub:Lists"
27109 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27110 \begin_inset space ~
27114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27116 reference "sec:Itemize"
27120 , we insert the command
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27129 \begin_layout Standard
27133 \begin_layout Standard
27139 \begin_layout Standard
27140 for the enumerated list in section
27141 \begin_inset space ~
27145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27147 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27154 \begin_layout Standard
27155 The exclamation mark
27156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27163 marks the grouping levels.
27164 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27165 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27166 If we don't have an index entry for
27167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27174 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27177 \begin_layout Subsection
27179 \begin_inset Index idx
27182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27183 Index ! Page ranges
27191 \begin_layout Standard
27192 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27194 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27200 \begin_inset space \space{}
27203 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27205 \begin_inset space ~
27209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27211 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27218 \begin_layout Standard
27221 Paragraph environments|(
27224 \begin_layout Standard
27225 and another entry at the end of section
27226 \begin_inset space ~
27230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27232 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27239 \begin_layout Standard
27242 Paragraph environments|)
27245 \begin_layout Standard
27247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27270 respectively start and end the index range.
27271 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27272 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27273 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27274 An example is the index entry
27275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27278 Document ! Settings
27279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27285 \begin_layout Subsection
27287 \begin_inset Index idx
27290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27291 Index ! Cross referencing
27299 \begin_layout Standard
27300 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27301 We referred for example in the index entry
27302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27310 \begin_inset space ~
27314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27316 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27320 ) to the index entry
27321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27328 in the same section using the entry
27331 \begin_layout Standard
27334 GIF|see{Image formats}
27337 \begin_layout Standard
27338 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27339 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27340 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27343 \begin_layout Subsection
27345 \begin_inset Index idx
27348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27349 Index ! Entry order
27357 \begin_layout Standard
27358 If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
27359 follow the rules for the index order.
27360 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27365 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27367 \begin_inset space ~
27371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27373 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27382 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27383 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27388 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27408 \begin_inset Index idx
27411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27412 Dummy entries ! maïs
27418 \begin_inset Index idx
27421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27422 Dummy entries ! maître
27428 \begin_inset Index idx
27431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27432 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27437 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27438 order maïs, maison, maître.
27439 To achieve this, we use the command
27442 \begin_layout Standard
27445 previous entry@current entry
27448 \begin_layout Standard
27449 In our case we want to have
27450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27465 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27468 \begin_layout Standard
27474 \begin_layout Standard
27475 The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
27476 You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
27477 See the next subsection for an example.
27480 \begin_layout Standard
27481 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27487 \begin_layout Standard
27488 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27493 to generate the index (see sec.
27494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27498 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27500 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27509 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27511 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27517 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27521 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27522 index commands start with
27523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27535 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27540 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27543 \begin_layout Standard
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27567 \begin_layout Subsection
27569 \begin_inset Index idx
27572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27573 Index ! Entry layout
27581 \begin_layout Standard
27582 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27583 \begin_inset Index idx
27586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27589 This is an italic dummy entry
27594 You can also format the page number using the character
27595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27602 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27603 We can write for example
27606 \begin_layout Standard
27609 italic page number:|textit
27612 \begin_layout Standard
27613 to get the page number in italic.
27614 \begin_inset Index idx
27617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27618 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27623 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27641 \begin_inset space ~
27647 Have a look at section
27648 \begin_inset space ~
27652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27654 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27658 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27661 \begin_layout Standard
27662 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27670 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27674 to generate the index, see sec.
27675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27679 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27681 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27690 , however, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27691 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before they
27693 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27696 key "latexcompanion"
27708 \begin_layout Standard
27709 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27711 Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27712 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27713 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27714 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27715 If so, put the following in the preamble
27718 \begin_layout Standard
27730 \begin_layout Standard
27734 \begin_layout Standard
27740 \begin_layout Standard
27741 in the index entry.
27742 \begin_inset Index idx
27745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27746 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27751 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27752 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27753 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27756 \begin_layout Standard
27757 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27759 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27763 \begin_inset space \space{}
27766 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27767 for all index entries.
27768 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27780 documentation for details,
27781 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27783 key "makeindex,xindy"
27790 \begin_layout Subsection
27792 \begin_inset Index idx
27795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27804 name "sub:Index-Program"
27811 \begin_layout Standard
27812 If the index entry program
27816 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27820 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27829 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27830 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27831 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27832 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27833 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27843 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27844 dialog, see section
27845 \begin_inset space ~
27849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27851 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27856 The available options are listed and explained in
27857 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27859 key "makeindex,xindy"
27864 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27868 \begin_layout Standard
27869 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27870 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27873 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27874 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27878 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27879 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27882 \begin_layout Subsection
27886 \begin_layout Standard
27887 In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
27888 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27896 next to the standard index.
27897 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27898 packages that add this feature.
27904 \begin_inset Index idx
27907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27908 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27913 package to generate multiple indexes.
27914 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27915 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27916 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27923 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27924 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27925 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27928 \begin_layout Standard
27929 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27931 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27932 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27939 Use multiple Indexes
27940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27944 Note that the list of
27945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27952 below already contains the standard index.
27953 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27954 also appear as a heading) to the
27955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27962 input field and press the
27963 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27967 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27971 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27972 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27973 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27977 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27983 The label color may help you to differentiate between index entries of
27984 different indexes in the LyX work area.
27987 \begin_layout Standard
27988 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27991 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27993 \begin_inset space ~
27997 \begin_inset space ~
28006 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
28007 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28008 are some additional features:
28011 \begin_layout Itemize
28012 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28013 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
28016 \begin_layout Itemize
28017 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28018 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
28019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28027 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28032 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28033 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28034 to the non-subindexes.
28037 \begin_layout Section
28038 Nomenclature / Glossary
28039 \begin_inset Index idx
28042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28049 \begin_inset Index idx
28052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28083 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28090 \begin_layout Standard
28091 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28092 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28096 \begin_layout Standard
28097 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28102 \begin_inset Index idx
28105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28106 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28112 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28113 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28119 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28122 \begin_layout Standard
28123 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28124 and then use the menu
28126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28132 \begin_inset space ~
28137 or the toolbar button
28140 arg "nomencl-insert"
28145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28156 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28159 \begin_layout Standard
28160 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28161 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28162 The second is the description of the symbol.
28165 \begin_layout Standard
28166 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28174 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28182 \begin_layout Subsection
28183 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28184 \begin_inset Index idx
28187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28188 Nomenclature ! Layout
28196 \begin_layout Standard
28197 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28201 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28207 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28215 \begin_inset Newline newline
28223 \begin_inset Newline newline
28229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28236 character starts/ends the formula.
28237 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28249 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28259 \begin_layout Standard
28260 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28261 \begin_inset space ~
28265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28267 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28274 \begin_layout Standard
28278 \begin_inset space ~
28283 dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
28284 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28289 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28296 in this document is:
28297 \begin_inset Newline newline
28302 dummy entry for the character
28307 \begin_inset Newline newline
28319 \begin_inset space ~
28329 font use the command
28358 \begin_layout Subsection
28359 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28360 \begin_inset Index idx
28363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28364 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28372 \begin_layout Standard
28373 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28374 the symbol definition.
28375 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28376 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28379 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28380 LatexCommand nomenclature
28382 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28389 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28393 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28394 LatexCommand nomenclature
28397 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28402 They will be sorted by
28403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28429 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28432 will be sorted before the
28436 since the character
28437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28444 is considered in sorting.
28447 \begin_layout Standard
28448 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28451 \begin_inset space ~
28456 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28457 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28459 For the example given, you can insert
28463 in this field for the
28464 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28471 will be located before
28472 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28478 \begin_layout Standard
28479 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28484 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28493 \begin_layout Subsection
28494 Nomenclature Options
28495 \begin_inset Index idx
28498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28499 Nomenclature ! Options
28507 \begin_layout Standard
28512 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28513 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28516 \begin_layout Description
28517 refeq Appends the phrase
28518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28533 to every nomenclature entry, where
28539 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28542 \begin_layout Description
28543 refpage Appends the phrase
28544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28559 to every nomenclature entry, where
28565 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28568 \begin_layout Description
28569 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28572 \begin_layout Standard
28573 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28574 class options list in the
28576 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28580 In this document the options
28587 \begin_layout Standard
28588 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28594 \begin_layout Standard
28595 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28596 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28601 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28604 \begin_layout Description
28614 \begin_layout Description
28617 nomrefpage Like the
28624 \begin_layout Description
28627 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28636 \begin_layout Description
28640 \begin_inset space ~
28646 \begin_inset space ~
28651 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28654 \begin_layout Standard
28656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28663 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28664 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28667 \begin_layout Standard
28675 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28678 \begin_inset Newline newline
28685 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28690 \begin_inset Newline newline
28694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28709 by their translation.
28712 \begin_layout Subsection
28713 Printing the Nomenclature
28714 \begin_inset Index idx
28717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28718 Nomenclature ! Printing
28726 \begin_layout Standard
28727 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28729 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28731 \begin_inset space ~
28735 \begin_inset space ~
28738 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28754 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28755 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28756 You can choose between these settings:
28759 \begin_layout Description
28760 Default a space of 1
28761 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28767 \begin_layout Description
28769 \begin_inset space ~
28773 \begin_inset space ~
28776 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28779 \begin_layout Description
28780 Custom custom space
28783 \begin_layout Standard
28784 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28793 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28801 For example, in order to change the name to
28805 , add the following line to the preamble:
28808 \begin_layout Standard
28816 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28819 \begin_layout Subsection
28820 Nomenclature Program
28821 \begin_inset Index idx
28824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28825 Nomenclature ! Program
28831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28833 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28840 \begin_layout Standard
28841 LyX uses the program
28845 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28846 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28851 by adding options, see section
28852 \begin_inset space ~
28856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28858 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28863 The available options are listed and explained in
28864 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28866 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28873 \begin_layout Section
28875 \begin_inset Index idx
28878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28885 \begin_inset Index idx
28888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28889 Document ! Branches
28895 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28897 name "sec:Branches"
28904 \begin_layout Standard
28905 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28906 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28907 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28908 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28911 \begin_layout Standard
28912 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28913 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28914 To create a branch, either select the menu
28916 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28917 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28920 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28922 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28929 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28930 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28931 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28932 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28933 (see below for an example).
28934 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28935 to the name of the other) and to add
28936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28944 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28948 \begin_inset space ~
28951 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28952 , without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
28955 \begin_layout Standard
28956 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28957 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28959 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28962 where you can choose a branch.
28963 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28967 \begin_layout Standard
28968 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28969 is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
28972 \begin_layout Standard
28973 \begin_inset Branch Question
28976 \begin_layout Standard
28977 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28985 \begin_layout Standard
28986 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28989 \begin_layout Standard
28990 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28998 \begin_layout Standard
29005 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29006 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29009 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29010 Consider for example a file
29011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29018 which has the above branches.
29020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29027 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29051 branch were inactive,
29052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29067 branch was active, likewise
29068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29083 branch was active, and
29084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29087 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29091 if both branches were active.
29092 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29096 \begin_layout Standard
29097 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29103 \begin_layout Standard
29104 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29105 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29107 For example you can define for the question branch
29111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29112 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29113 \begin_inset space ~
29117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29119 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29131 \begin_layout Standard
29141 \begin_layout Standard
29151 \begin_layout Standard
29152 and for the answer branch
29155 \begin_layout Standard
29165 \begin_layout Standard
29175 \begin_layout Standard
29176 \begin_inset Branch Question
29179 \begin_layout Standard
29183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29211 \begin_layout Standard
29212 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29215 \begin_layout Standard
29219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29247 \begin_layout Standard
29248 Now it is possible to use the commands
29252 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29259 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29262 to obtain conditional output.
29263 Here is an example formula where only the
29270 \begin_inset Formula
29272 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29280 \begin_layout Standard
29281 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29289 \begin_layout Section
29291 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29293 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29298 \begin_inset Index idx
29301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29310 \begin_layout Standard
29315 dialog allows you in the
29319 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29320 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29325 \begin_inset Index idx
29328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29329 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29337 \begin_layout Standard
29342 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29343 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29344 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29346 You can specify in the dialog tab
29350 how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29352 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29353 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29357 \begin_layout Standard
29362 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29363 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29364 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29366 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29367 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29369 \begin_inset space ~
29372 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29373 \begin_inset space ~
29376 1 will only display the sections.
29379 \begin_layout Standard
29380 The header information in the dialog tab
29384 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29385 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29386 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29390 \begin_inset space \space{}
29393 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29394 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29397 Automatic fill header
29399 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29400 title and author settings.
29403 \begin_layout Standard
29406 Load in fullscreen mode
29408 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29411 \begin_layout Standard
29412 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29413 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29419 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29420 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29429 \begin_layout Section
29430 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29433 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29440 \begin_layout Subsection
29442 \begin_inset Index idx
29445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29454 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29461 \begin_layout Standard
29462 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29463 constructs, but not all.
29464 LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
29465 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29466 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29467 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29468 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29472 \begin_layout Standard
29473 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29475 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29477 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29479 \begin_inset space ~
29484 or by the toolbar button
29497 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29505 \begin_layout Standard
29506 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29507 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29508 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29509 using the LaTeX-command
29515 , you can write the command part
29521 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29525 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29526 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29527 the following example:
29530 \begin_layout Standard
29531 \begin_inset Graphics
29532 filename clipart/ERT.png
29540 \begin_layout Standard
29544 \begin_layout Standard
29545 This is a line with a
29549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29572 \begin_layout Standard
29573 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29581 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29582 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29590 \begin_layout Subsection
29591 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29592 \begin_inset Argument
29595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29602 \begin_inset Index idx
29605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29614 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29621 \begin_layout Standard
29622 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29623 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29624 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29633 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29634 any time if you know the right commands.
29636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29640 \begin_inset space \space{}
29643 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29645 Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29646 all caption labels bold.
29647 But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29649 Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29653 \begin_layout Standard
29654 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29655 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29656 First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
29658 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29667 \begin_layout Standard
29668 As result you find that the package
29673 \begin_inset Index idx
29676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29677 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29683 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29685 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29691 \begin_layout Standard
29696 usepackage[options]{package name}
29699 \begin_layout Standard
29700 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29701 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29702 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29705 \begin_layout Standard
29706 In your case the package name is
29711 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29716 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29717 So you add the command
29720 \begin_layout Standard
29725 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29728 \begin_layout Standard
29729 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29734 For more commands provided by the
29738 package, have a look at its documentation,
29739 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29753 \begin_layout Standard
29754 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
29756 For example if you use a
29760 class, you don't need the package
29764 , you can instead write
29767 \begin_layout Standard
29772 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29777 \begin_layout Standard
29778 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29779 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29780 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29787 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29790 \begin_layout Standard
29791 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29792 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29794 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29795 the previous section.
29798 \begin_layout Standard
29799 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29801 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29803 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29810 \begin_layout Standard
29811 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29817 \begin_layout Standard
29821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 \begin_inset Note Note
29834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29835 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29843 \begin_layout Left Header
29844 \begin_inset Argument
29847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29867 \begin_inset Note Note
29870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29871 defines the header line as described below
29879 \begin_layout Center Header
29880 \begin_inset Argument
29883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29892 \begin_layout Right Header
29893 \begin_inset Argument
29896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29917 \begin_layout Left Footer
29918 \begin_inset Argument
29921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29942 \begin_layout Center Footer
29943 \begin_inset Argument
29946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29957 \begin_inset Newline newline
29961 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29967 \begin_layout Right Footer
29968 \begin_inset Argument
29971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29993 \begin_layout Section
29994 Customized Page Headers and Footers
29995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29997 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
30002 \begin_inset Index idx
30005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30006 Document ! Header/Footer line
30012 \begin_inset Index idx
30015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30024 \begin_layout Standard
30025 To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30026 to set the headings style to
30032 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30038 \begin_inset space ~
30044 As a second step add in the menu
30046 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30047 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30054 Custom Header/Footerlines
30055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30059 This module offers the following 6
30060 \begin_inset space ~
30066 \begin_layout Description
30068 \begin_inset space ~
30072 \begin_inset space ~
30076 \begin_inset space ~
30080 \begin_inset space ~
30084 \begin_inset space ~
30090 \begin_layout Description
30092 \begin_inset space ~
30096 \begin_inset space ~
30100 \begin_inset space ~
30104 \begin_inset space ~
30108 \begin_inset space ~
30114 \begin_layout Standard
30115 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30118 \begin_layout Standard
30119 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30120 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30122 \begin_inset space ~
30126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30128 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30132 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30135 \begin_layout Standard
30136 \begin_inset Float figure
30142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30145 \begin_inset Tabular
30146 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30147 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30148 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30149 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30150 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30152 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30170 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30181 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30199 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30210 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30214 The normal text on the page goes here.
30215 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30217 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30218 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30223 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30232 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30243 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30261 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30272 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30290 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30308 \begin_inset Caption
30310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30313 name "fig:Page-layout"
30317 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30330 \begin_layout Subsection
30334 \begin_layout Standard
30335 To define your header line, add all 3
30336 \begin_inset space ~
30340 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30341 the optional arguments on even pages.
30342 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30344 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30345 Defining the footer line works similar.
30348 \begin_layout Standard
30349 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30352 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30365 \begin_inset space ~
30373 \begin_layout Description
30376 thepage prints the current page number
30379 \begin_layout Description
30382 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30385 \begin_layout Description
30388 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30391 \begin_layout Description
30394 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30395 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30402 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30405 because it usually goes in a left header.
30408 \begin_layout Description
30411 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30412 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30414 It is normally used in the right header.
30417 \begin_layout Subsection
30418 Default header/footer
30421 \begin_layout Standard
30422 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30423 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30424 footer has the page number.
30425 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30426 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30427 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30430 \begin_inset space ~
30438 \begin_layout Subsection
30442 \begin_layout Standard
30443 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30444 Some pages are different.
30445 The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
30446 a new part or chapter in your book.
30447 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30448 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30449 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30452 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30453 Header and footer decoration line
30456 \begin_layout Standard
30457 By default, you get a 0.4
30458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30461 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30462 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30474 in the following scheme:
30477 \begin_layout Standard
30484 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30487 \begin_layout Standard
30488 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30497 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30498 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30504 \begin_layout Standard
30505 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30506 If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
30507 \begin_inset space ~
30511 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30520 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30521 Several header/footer lines
30524 \begin_layout Standard
30525 In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
30526 this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30527 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30529 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30541 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30544 \begin_layout Standard
30551 headheight}{height}
30554 \begin_layout Standard
30555 Where height is a size in standard units.
30556 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30557 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30558 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30560 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30574 and look via the button
30577 \begin_inset space ~
30582 if you find a warning of the package
30587 \begin_inset Index idx
30590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30591 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30597 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30598 for your header/footer.
30601 \begin_layout Subsection
30605 \begin_layout Standard
30606 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30607 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30608 This example consists of the following definition:
30611 \begin_layout Description
30613 \begin_inset space ~
30622 , empty optional argument
30625 \begin_layout Description
30627 \begin_inset space ~
30630 Header empty, empty optional argument
30633 \begin_layout Description
30635 \begin_inset space ~
30644 in the optional argument
30647 \begin_layout Description
30649 \begin_inset space ~
30658 in the optional argument
30661 \begin_layout Description
30663 \begin_inset space ~
30675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30679 \begin_inset Newline newline
30683 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30690 in the optional argument
30693 \begin_layout Description
30695 \begin_inset space ~
30704 , empty optional argument
30707 \begin_layout Description
30710 headrulewidth set to 2
30711 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30717 \begin_layout Standard
30718 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
30719 For more special things like e.
30720 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30724 \begin_inset space ~
30727 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30732 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30741 \begin_layout Standard
30742 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30748 \begin_layout Standard
30752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30756 pagestyle{headings}
30762 \begin_inset Note Note
30765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30766 switches back to page style with the default headings
30774 \begin_layout Section
30775 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30778 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30783 \begin_inset Index idx
30786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30793 \begin_inset Index idx
30796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30805 \begin_layout Standard
30806 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30807 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30808 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30811 \begin_layout Subsection
30815 \begin_layout Standard
30816 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30821 \begin_inset Index idx
30824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30825 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30830 (on some systems named simply
30835 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30837 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30843 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30844 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30852 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
30853 automatically installed together with LyX.
30856 \begin_layout Subsection
30860 \begin_layout Standard
30861 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30862 LaTeX, activate the option
30865 \begin_inset space ~
30872 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30878 \begin_inset space ~
30882 \begin_inset space ~
30885 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30892 \begin_inset space ~
30905 \begin_inset space ~
30910 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30913 \begin_layout Standard
30914 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30918 \begin_layout Standard
30919 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30927 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30928 generated by activating the option
30931 \begin_inset space ~
30937 Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
30945 \begin_layout Subsection
30946 Selected document parts
30949 \begin_layout Standard
30950 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30951 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30952 that are not yet supported by LyX.
30953 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30955 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30959 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30960 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30961 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30964 \begin_layout Standard
30965 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30971 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30982 is explained in section
30984 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
30989 \begin_inset space ~
30999 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
31000 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
31002 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
31004 Here is the result:
31007 \begin_layout Standard
31008 \begin_inset Preview
31010 \begin_layout Standard
31015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31019 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
31025 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
31035 height_special "totalheight"
31038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31063 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31069 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31091 \begin_layout Standard
31092 Previewing works also for colors.
31093 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31111 is explained in section
31118 \begin_inset space ~
31131 \begin_layout Standard
31132 \begin_inset Preview
31134 \begin_layout Standard
31138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31157 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31162 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31181 \begin_layout Standard
31182 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31188 \begin_layout Standard
31189 If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
31190 above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
31191 that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31193 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31194 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31195 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31196 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31200 \begin_layout Subsection
31204 \begin_layout Standard
31205 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31208 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31210 \begin_inset space ~
31215 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31216 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31218 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31219 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31220 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31221 the source view window.
31224 \begin_layout Section
31225 Advanced Find and Replace
31226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31228 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31233 \begin_inset Index idx
31236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31243 \begin_inset Index idx
31246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31255 \begin_layout Subsection
31259 \begin_layout Standard
31260 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31261 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31262 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31263 The key-features are:
31266 \begin_layout Itemize
31267 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31268 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31269 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31273 \begin_layout Itemize
31274 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31275 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31276 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31277 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31280 \begin_layout Itemize
31281 Search may be widened to a specific
31286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31290 \begin_inset space ~
31293 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31294 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31301 \begin_layout Itemize
31302 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31303 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31308 \begin_inset space ~
31311 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31314 \begin_layout Subsection
31318 \begin_layout Standard
31319 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
31322 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31335 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31338 ) or the toolbar button
31341 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31347 Advanced Find and Replace
31352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31356 \begin_layout Standard
31361 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31366 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31371 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31372 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31373 Pressing repeatedly
31377 keeps searching forward.
31378 Similarly, pressing
31382 searches for the entered text backwards.
31385 \begin_layout Standard
31386 While searching, the
31390 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31400 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31403 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31404 Searching for mathematics
31407 \begin_layout Standard
31408 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31412 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31413 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31416 or also something more complex like
31417 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31421 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31422 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31423 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31424 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31430 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31434 \begin_layout Standard
31435 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31436 This is done by switching to the
31440 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31445 This way, entering in the
31452 \begin_layout Itemize
31453 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31454 in emphasized or boldface.
31457 \begin_layout Itemize
31458 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31459 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31460 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31461 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31464 \begin_layout Itemize
31465 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31466 of if only within section headings.
31467 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31468 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31472 \begin_layout Itemize
31473 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31474 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31477 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31481 \begin_layout Standard
31482 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31486 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31494 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31498 button or alternatively
31520 \begin_layout Standard
31521 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31522 text segments in your document.
31523 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31527 \begin_layout Itemize
31528 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31529 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31537 with its typewriter version
31540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31550 \begin_layout Itemize
31551 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31557 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31561 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31569 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31576 (you may want to enable the
31584 options and disable the
31592 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31600 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31601 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31605 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31608 , or occurrences of
31609 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31613 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31619 \begin_layout Subsection
31623 \begin_layout Standard
31624 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31629 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31631 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31633 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31642 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31648 This is done via the menu
31650 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31651 Insert Regular Expression
31653 while the cursor is in the
31658 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31659 expression matching rules
31663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31664 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31670 \begin_inset space ~
31673 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31674 to match expressions.
31679 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31680 same text in the document.
31681 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31682 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31685 \begin_layout Enumerate
31686 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31691 editor the fraction
31692 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31696 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31699 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31700 fractions with the given denominator.
31703 \begin_layout Enumerate
31704 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31716 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31721 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31722 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31724 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31727 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31728 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31731 \begin_layout Standard
31732 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31733 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31734 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31737 , and referring back to them through
31738 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31742 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31746 For example, try searching for the regexp
31747 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31750 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31753 \begin_layout Standard
31754 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31755 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31756 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31761 \begin_inset space ~
31765 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31768 always refers to the first occurrence of
31769 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31772 in all entered regexps.
31775 \begin_layout Standard
31776 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31780 \begin_layout Section
31782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31784 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31789 \begin_inset Index idx
31792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31801 \begin_layout Standard
31802 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31805 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31812 or the toolbar button
31815 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31818 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31819 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31820 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31821 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31822 scrolled so that it is visible.
31823 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31824 n, if any could be found.
31825 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
31829 field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
31830 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31833 \begin_layout Standard
31834 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31837 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31841 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31842 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31843 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31844 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31845 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31846 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31849 \begin_layout Subsection
31853 \begin_layout Standard
31854 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31857 \begin_inset space ~
31860 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31863 you can set the following things:
31866 \begin_layout Description
31868 \begin_inset space ~
31871 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31872 Depending on your platform,
31886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31887 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31888 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31903 \begin_layout Description
31905 \begin_inset space ~
31908 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31909 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31912 \begin_layout Description
31914 \begin_inset space ~
31917 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31919 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31923 \begin_inset space \space{}
31927 This should normally not be needed.
31930 \begin_layout Description
31932 \begin_inset space ~
31936 \begin_inset space ~
31939 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31951 \begin_layout Description
31953 \begin_inset space ~
31956 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31957 Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
31958 By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
31959 appear in the context menu.
31960 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31964 \begin_layout Description
31966 \begin_inset space ~
31970 \begin_inset space ~
31974 \begin_inset space ~
31977 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
31981 \begin_layout Section
31983 \begin_inset Index idx
31986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31995 name "sec:Thesaurus"
32002 \begin_layout Standard
32003 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
32004 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
32013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32014 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32016 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32025 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32026 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32027 are available for many languages.
32030 \begin_layout Standard
32031 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32035 \begin_layout Subsection
32036 Setting up the thesaurus
32039 \begin_layout Standard
32047 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32052 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32057 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32059 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32063 en_EN for English).
32064 For instance, the English files are named:
32067 \begin_layout Itemize
32071 \begin_layout Itemize
32075 \begin_layout Standard
32076 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
32077 already on your system.
32078 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32079 \begin_inset Flex URL
32082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32084 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32090 \begin_inset Flex URL
32093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32095 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32105 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32106 \begin_inset space ~
32110 \begin_inset Flex URL
32113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32115 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32120 are usually packed in extension archives (
32124 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32126 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32127 unpack a zip archive.
32140 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32141 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32143 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32144 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32148 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32151 \begin_layout Subsection
32152 Using the thesaurus
32155 \begin_layout Standard
32156 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32158 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32161 or the toolbar button
32164 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32167 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32169 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32171 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32172 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32173 and hyponyms (such as
32181 ), compounds (such as
32185 ) and antonyms (such as
32193 ), which are marked as such.
32196 \begin_layout Standard
32197 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32198 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32202 \begin_layout Standard
32203 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32204 the dictionary, such as the above
32208 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32213 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32214 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32215 For example looking up the word forms
32223 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32228 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32241 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32242 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32243 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32246 \begin_layout Section
32248 \begin_inset Index idx
32251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32258 \begin_inset Index idx
32261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32262 Document ! Change Tracking
32268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32270 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32277 \begin_layout Standard
32278 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32279 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32280 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32281 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32283 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32285 \begin_inset space ~
32288 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32290 \begin_inset space ~
32298 \begin_layout Standard
32299 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32313 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32314 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32317 \begin_inset space ~
32321 \begin_inset space ~
32331 \begin_inset Index idx
32334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32335 Color ! Change tracking
32340 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32341 the cursor is in changed text.
32342 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32345 arg "changes-merge"
32351 \begin_layout Standard
32352 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32353 \begin_inset Index idx
32356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32365 \begin_layout Standard
32366 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32372 \begin_layout Standard
32373 \begin_inset Graphics
32374 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32382 \begin_layout Standard
32383 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32389 \begin_layout Standard
32390 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32394 \begin_layout Standard
32395 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32401 \begin_layout Standard
32402 \begin_inset Tabular
32403 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32404 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32405 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32406 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32416 arg "changes-track"
32424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32430 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32432 \begin_inset space ~
32435 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32437 \begin_inset space ~
32446 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32455 arg "changes-output"
32463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32469 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32471 \begin_inset space ~
32474 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32476 \begin_inset space ~
32480 \begin_inset space ~
32484 \begin_inset space ~
32493 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32514 Jumps to the next change
32520 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32529 arg "change-accept"
32537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32543 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32545 \begin_inset space ~
32548 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32550 \begin_inset space ~
32559 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32568 arg "change-reject"
32576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32582 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32584 \begin_inset space ~
32587 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32589 \begin_inset space ~
32598 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32607 arg "changes-merge"
32615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32621 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32623 \begin_inset space ~
32626 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32628 \begin_inset space ~
32637 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32646 arg "all-changes-accept"
32654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32660 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32662 \begin_inset space ~
32665 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32667 \begin_inset space ~
32671 \begin_inset space ~
32680 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32689 arg "all-changes-reject"
32697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32703 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32705 \begin_inset space ~
32708 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32710 \begin_inset space ~
32714 \begin_inset space ~
32723 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32746 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32747 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32749 \begin_inset space ~
32758 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32781 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32783 \begin_inset space ~
32799 \begin_layout Standard
32800 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32806 \begin_layout Standard
32807 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32808 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32809 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32810 the next change after the current cursor position.
32811 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32812 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32813 step to the next change.
32814 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32817 \begin_layout Standard
32818 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32819 to describe a change.
32822 \begin_layout Standard
32823 To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32828 \begin_inset Index idx
32831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32832 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32838 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32839 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32845 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32848 \begin_layout Section
32849 Comparison of Documents
32850 \begin_inset Index idx
32853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32854 Comparison of documents
32862 \begin_layout Standard
32863 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32865 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32869 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32871 In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
32872 take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
32876 \begin_inset space ~
32880 \begin_inset space ~
32884 \begin_inset space ~
32893 \begin_inset space ~
32897 \begin_inset space ~
32901 \begin_inset space ~
32905 \begin_inset space ~
32909 \begin_inset space ~
32913 \begin_inset space ~
32918 enables the change tracking option
32921 \begin_inset space ~
32925 \begin_inset space ~
32929 \begin_inset space ~
32934 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32937 \begin_layout Section
32938 International Support
32939 \begin_inset Index idx
32942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32943 International support
32951 \begin_layout Standard
32952 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32953 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32954 how to set up LyX to use them:
32955 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32957 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32964 \begin_layout Standard
32965 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32966 \begin_inset space ~
32970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32972 reference "sub:Special-Character"
32979 \begin_layout Subsection
32981 \begin_inset Index idx
32984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32991 \begin_inset Index idx
32994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32995 Document ! Settings
33001 \begin_inset Index idx
33004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33005 Document ! Language
33013 \begin_layout Standard
33016 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33019 dialog lets you set
33021 the language and character encoding for your language.
33025 \begin_layout Standard
33026 Choose your language in the
33030 section of this dialog.
33038 \begin_layout Standard
33043 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33048 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33049 For details about the different encoding options see section
33050 \begin_inset space ~
33054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33056 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33063 \begin_layout Subsection
33064 Keyboard mapping configuration
33065 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33067 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33074 \begin_layout Standard
33075 If you have for example a U.
33076 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33079 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33080 can use an alternate keymap.
33081 For example, if you have a U.
33082 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33085 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33086 use an Italian keymap.
33087 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33089 \begin_inset space ~
33093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33095 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33100 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33101 which one you want to use.
33104 \begin_layout Standard
33105 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33106 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33107 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33108 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33109 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33110 one to support the characters you want.
33111 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33118 \begin_layout Subsection
33122 \begin_layout Standard
33124 \begin_inset space ~
33128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33130 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
33139 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33143 \begin_layout Standard
33144 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33145 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33153 \begin_layout Itemize
33154 Even if you have selected
33160 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33163 dialog, users who have only the
33167 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33171 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33172 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33173 french quotes will not show up.
33176 \begin_layout Standard
33177 \begin_inset Float table
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33183 \begin_inset Caption
33185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33188 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
33204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33206 \begin_inset Tabular
33207 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33208 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33211 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33212 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33213 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33214 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33215 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33216 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33217 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33218 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33219 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33220 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33221 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33222 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33223 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33224 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33225 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37028 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37638 \begin_layout Standard
37639 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37641 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37642 also the characters from
37654 \begin_layout Itemize
37663 \begin_layout Standard
37664 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37665 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37671 \begin_layout Standard
37672 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37673 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37679 \begin_layout Standard
37680 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37681 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37687 \begin_layout Standard
37688 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37689 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37695 \begin_layout Standard
37697 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37703 \begin_layout Standard
37705 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37711 \begin_layout Standard
37713 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37720 \begin_layout Itemize
37733 \begin_layout Standard
37735 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37741 \begin_layout Standard
37743 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37749 \begin_layout Standard
37751 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37757 \begin_layout Standard
37759 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37765 \begin_layout Standard
37767 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37773 \begin_layout Standard
37775 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37782 \begin_layout Standard
37783 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37784 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37785 Also make sure you're using the
37792 \begin_layout Chapter
37795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37797 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37804 \begin_layout Standard
37805 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37806 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37807 topic inside the user's guide.
37810 \begin_layout Section
37812 \begin_inset Index idx
37815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37824 \begin_layout Standard
37829 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37832 \begin_layout Subsection
37836 \begin_layout Standard
37837 Creates a new document.
37840 \begin_layout Subsection
37844 \begin_layout Standard
37845 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37846 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37847 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37850 \begin_layout Subsection
37854 \begin_layout Standard
37858 \begin_layout Subsection
37862 \begin_layout Standard
37863 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37864 Click there on a file to open it.
37867 \begin_layout Subsection
37871 \begin_layout Standard
37872 Closes the current document.
37875 \begin_layout Subsection
37879 \begin_layout Standard
37880 Closes all opened documents.
37883 \begin_layout Subsection
37887 \begin_layout Standard
37888 Saves the actual document.
37891 \begin_layout Subsection
37895 \begin_layout Standard
37896 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37899 \begin_layout Subsection
37903 \begin_layout Standard
37904 Saves all opened documents.
37907 \begin_layout Subsection
37911 \begin_layout Standard
37912 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37915 \begin_layout Subsection
37919 \begin_layout Standard
37920 This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
37921 one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
37922 It is described in the section
37924 Version Control in LyX
37928 Additional Features
37933 \begin_layout Subsection
37937 \begin_layout Standard
37938 Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37939 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37941 The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
37944 \begin_layout Standard
37945 When using the menu entry
37948 \begin_inset space ~
37953 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37957 \begin_inset space ~
37961 \begin_inset space ~
37966 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37967 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37970 \begin_layout Subsection
37972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37981 \begin_layout Standard
37982 You can export your document to various file formats.
37983 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
37984 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
37985 They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
37988 \begin_layout Standard
37989 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
37991 \begin_inset space ~
37995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37997 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38004 \begin_layout Description
38010 \begin_inset space ~
38017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38024 yX format of the special LyX
38025 \begin_inset space ~
38028 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
38029 \begin_inset Newline newline
38032 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
38035 \begin_layout Description
38036 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
38042 \begin_layout Description
38044 \begin_inset space ~
38047 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38053 \begin_layout Description
38054 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38055 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38056 files paths or file names in your document.
38057 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38064 \begin_layout Description
38065 DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
38066 in files paths or file names
38069 \begin_layout Description
38071 \begin_inset space ~
38078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38085 eX) DVI-format using the program
38089 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38092 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38100 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38108 \begin_layout Description
38110 \begin_inset space ~
38113 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38117 which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38122 \begin_layout Description
38123 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38127 \begin_layout Description
38129 \begin_inset space ~
38133 \begin_inset space ~
38136 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38140 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38148 \begin_layout Description
38155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38163 \begin_inset space ~
38174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38187 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38192 \begin_layout Description
38199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38207 \begin_inset space ~
38212 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38213 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38217 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38220 \begin_layout Description
38227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38235 \begin_inset space ~
38240 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38241 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38249 \begin_layout Description
38256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38264 \begin_inset space ~
38275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38288 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38293 \begin_layout Description
38295 \begin_inset space ~
38299 \begin_inset space ~
38308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38317 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38318 music notation software
38323 \begin_layout Description
38330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38340 \begin_inset space ~
38344 \begin_inset space ~
38347 (zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
38348 your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
38349 to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
38352 \begin_layout Description
38359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38369 \begin_inset space ~
38372 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38388 represent the version number)
38391 \begin_layout Description
38398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38407 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38410 \begin_layout Description
38411 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38416 \begin_layout Description
38417 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38419 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38422 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38426 \begin_layout Description
38430 \begin_inset space ~
38435 PDF-format using the program
38439 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38442 \begin_layout Description
38446 \begin_inset space ~
38453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38462 PDF-format using the program
38466 , produces PDF-files directly
38469 \begin_layout Description
38473 \begin_inset space ~
38478 PDF-format using the program
38482 , produces PDF-files directly
38485 \begin_layout Description
38489 \begin_inset space ~
38494 PDF-format using the program
38498 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38501 \begin_layout Description
38505 \begin_inset space ~
38512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38521 PDF-format using the program
38525 , produces PDF-files directly
38528 \begin_layout Description
38532 \begin_inset space ~
38540 \begin_layout Description
38544 \begin_inset space ~
38548 \begin_inset space ~
38553 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38554 and then exported as text using the program
38559 \begin_layout Description
38564 PostScript format using the program
38569 \begin_layout Description
38570 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38571 programming language
38584 it is possible to use
38591 \begin_layout Standard
38592 If one of the menu entries
38599 \begin_inset space ~
38608 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38609 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38610 \begin_inset space ~
38614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38616 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38621 \begin_inset Index idx
38624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38625 Reconfiguration of LyX
38633 \begin_layout Subsection
38637 \begin_layout Standard
38638 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38639 format or send it to a printer.
38640 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38641 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38647 For more information have a look at section
38648 \begin_inset space ~
38652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38654 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38661 \begin_layout Subsection
38665 \begin_layout Standard
38666 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38667 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38668 prefix, see section
38669 \begin_inset space ~
38673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38675 reference "sec:Paths"
38680 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38689 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38690 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38691 \begin_inset space ~
38695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38697 reference "sub:Converters"
38704 \begin_layout Subsection
38705 New and Close Window
38708 \begin_layout Standard
38709 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38712 \begin_layout Subsection
38716 \begin_layout Standard
38717 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38720 \begin_layout Section
38722 \begin_inset Index idx
38725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38734 \begin_layout Subsection
38738 \begin_layout Standard
38739 Described in section
38740 \begin_inset space ~
38744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38746 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38753 \begin_layout Subsection
38754 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38757 \begin_layout Standard
38758 Described in section
38759 \begin_inset space ~
38763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38765 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38772 \begin_layout Subsection
38776 \begin_layout Standard
38777 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38778 If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38781 \begin_layout Subsection
38785 \begin_layout Standard
38786 Selects the whole document.
38789 \begin_layout Subsection
38790 Find & Replace (Quick)
38793 \begin_layout Standard
38794 Described in section
38795 \begin_inset space ~
38799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38801 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38808 \begin_layout Subsection
38809 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38812 \begin_layout Standard
38813 Described in section
38814 \begin_inset space ~
38818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38820 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38827 \begin_layout Subsection
38828 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38831 \begin_layout Standard
38832 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38836 \begin_layout Subsection
38840 \begin_layout Standard
38841 Described in section
38842 \begin_inset space ~
38846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38848 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38855 \begin_layout Subsection
38857 \begin_inset Index idx
38860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38861 Paragraph ! Settings
38869 \begin_layout Standard
38870 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38871 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
38875 \begin_layout Standard
38876 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38877 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38879 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38885 \begin_inset space ~
38893 \begin_layout Subsection
38894 Table Settings and Math
38897 \begin_layout Standard
38898 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38900 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38901 The properties of tables are described in section
38902 \begin_inset space ~
38906 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38908 reference "sec:Tables"
38912 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38913 \begin_inset space ~
38917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38919 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
38926 \begin_layout Subsection
38927 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38930 \begin_layout Standard
38931 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38933 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38934 \begin_inset space ~
38938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38940 reference "sec:Nesting"
38945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38947 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38954 \begin_layout Section
38956 \begin_inset Index idx
38959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38968 \begin_layout Standard
38969 At the bottom of the
38973 menu the opened documents are listed.
38976 \begin_layout Subsection
38977 Open/Close all Insets
38980 \begin_layout Standard
38981 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
38984 \begin_layout Subsection
38985 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
38988 \begin_layout Standard
38989 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
38992 \begin_layout Standard
38993 Math macros are described in the
39000 \begin_layout Subsection
39004 \begin_layout Standard
39005 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
39007 \begin_inset space ~
39011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39013 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39020 \begin_layout Subsection
39024 \begin_layout Standard
39025 Opens a window showing console messages.
39026 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
39027 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39030 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39031 while LaTeX is processing the document.
39034 \begin_layout Subsection
39038 \begin_layout Standard
39039 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
39040 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
39041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39047 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39051 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39058 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39062 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39063 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39064 \begin_inset space ~
39068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39070 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39075 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39076 The default output format is
39079 \begin_inset space ~
39087 \begin_layout Subsection
39088 View (Other Formats)
39091 \begin_layout Standard
39092 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39093 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39094 actual document with an external program.
39095 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39096 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39097 All possible formats are listed in section
39098 \begin_inset space ~
39102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39104 reference "sub:Export"
39109 You should at least see the menu entry
39114 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39115 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39116 \begin_inset space ~
39120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39122 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39127 \begin_inset Index idx
39130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39131 Reconfiguration of LyX
39139 \begin_layout Standard
39140 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39141 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39142 \begin_inset space ~
39146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39148 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39153 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39156 \begin_layout Subsection
39160 \begin_layout Standard
39161 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39162 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39165 \begin_layout Subsection
39166 Update (Other Formats)
39169 \begin_layout Standard
39170 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39171 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39174 \begin_layout Subsection
39175 View Master Document
39178 \begin_layout Standard
39179 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39195 \begin_inset space ~
39200 manual for more information on this topic).
39201 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39202 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39207 generates the output of the whole book, while
39211 will just output the chapter alone.
39214 \begin_layout Standard
39215 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39216 in the preferences (see sec.
39217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39223 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39227 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39234 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39241 \begin_layout Subsection
39242 Update Master Document
39245 \begin_layout Standard
39246 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39262 \begin_inset space ~
39267 manual for more information on this topic).
39268 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39269 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39272 \begin_layout Standard
39273 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39274 in the preferences (see sec.
39275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39281 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39285 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39292 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39299 \begin_layout Subsection
39303 \begin_layout Standard
39304 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39305 This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
39306 to view the same document, but at different positions.
39307 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39308 or more documents at the same time.
39309 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39316 \begin_layout Subsection
39320 \begin_layout Standard
39321 Closes a split view.
39324 \begin_layout Subsection
39328 \begin_layout Standard
39329 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39330 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39331 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39332 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39333 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39336 \begin_layout Subsection
39338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39340 name "sub:Toolbars"
39345 \begin_inset Index idx
39348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39357 \begin_layout Standard
39358 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39359 All toolbars and the
39362 \begin_inset space ~
39367 can be turned on and off.
39372 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39384 \begin_inset space ~
39392 \begin_inset space ~
39401 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39405 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39412 \begin_layout Standard
39417 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39421 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39422 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39423 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39424 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39425 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39428 \begin_layout Standard
39429 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39430 \begin_inset space ~
39434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39436 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39443 \begin_layout Section
39445 \begin_inset Index idx
39448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39457 \begin_layout Subsection
39461 \begin_layout Standard
39462 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39463 \begin_inset space ~
39467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39469 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
39480 \begin_layout Subsection
39482 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39484 name "sub:Special-Character"
39491 \begin_layout Standard
39492 Here you can insert the following characters:
39495 \begin_layout Description
39496 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39497 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39498 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39499 \begin_inset Newline newline
39503 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39511 Not all characters will be visible in the
39515 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39517 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39523 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39527 ) can display every character.
39535 \begin_layout Description
39536 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39540 \begin_layout Description
39542 \begin_inset space ~
39546 \begin_inset space ~
39549 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39550 \begin_inset space ~
39554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39556 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39563 \begin_layout Description
39565 \begin_inset space ~
39568 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39571 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39581 \begin_layout Description
39583 \begin_inset space ~
39586 Quote Inserts this quote:
39587 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39593 \begin_layout Description
39595 \begin_inset space ~
39598 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39602 \begin_layout Description
39604 \begin_inset space ~
39607 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39611 \begin_layout Description
39613 \begin_inset space ~
39616 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39620 \begin_layout Description
39622 \begin_inset space ~
39626 \begin_inset Index idx
39629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39636 \begin_inset Index idx
39639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39640 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39645 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39646 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39647 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39652 \begin_inset Index idx
39655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39656 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39662 \begin_inset Newline newline
39665 For more information about this feature we refer you to the documentation
39669 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39677 and this Wiki-page:
39678 \begin_inset Newline newline
39682 \begin_inset Flex URL
39685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39687 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39695 \begin_layout Subsection
39699 \begin_layout Standard
39700 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39703 \begin_layout Description
39704 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39705 \begin_inset script superscript
39707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39716 \begin_layout Description
39717 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39718 \begin_inset script subscript
39720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39729 \begin_layout Description
39731 \begin_inset space ~
39734 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39735 \begin_inset space ~
39739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39741 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39748 \begin_layout Description
39750 \begin_inset space ~
39753 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39754 \begin_inset space ~
39758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39760 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39767 \begin_layout Description
39769 \begin_inset space ~
39772 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39773 \begin_inset space ~
39777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39779 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39786 \begin_layout Description
39788 \begin_inset space ~
39791 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39796 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39798 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39805 \begin_layout Description
39807 \begin_inset space ~
39810 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39811 \begin_inset space ~
39815 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39817 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39824 \begin_layout Description
39826 \begin_inset space ~
39829 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39830 \begin_inset space ~
39834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39836 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39843 \begin_layout Description
39844 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39845 \begin_inset space ~
39849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39851 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39858 \begin_layout Description
39860 \begin_inset space ~
39863 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39864 \begin_inset space ~
39868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39870 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39877 \begin_layout Description
39879 \begin_inset space ~
39882 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39883 \begin_inset space ~
39887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39889 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39896 \begin_layout Description
39898 \begin_inset space ~
39902 \begin_inset space ~
39905 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39906 \begin_inset space ~
39910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39912 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39919 \begin_layout Description
39921 \begin_inset space ~
39924 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39925 text line to the page border, see section
39926 \begin_inset space ~
39930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39932 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39939 \begin_layout Description
39941 \begin_inset space ~
39944 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39945 \begin_inset space ~
39949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39951 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39958 \begin_layout Description
39960 \begin_inset space ~
39963 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39964 text page to the page border, described in section
39965 \begin_inset space ~
39969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39971 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39978 \begin_layout Description
39980 \begin_inset space ~
39983 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
39984 \begin_inset space ~
39988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39990 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
39997 \begin_layout Description
39999 \begin_inset space ~
40003 \begin_inset space ~
40006 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
40007 \begin_inset space ~
40011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40013 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40020 \begin_layout Subsection
40024 \begin_layout Standard
40025 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
40026 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
40028 \begin_inset space ~
40032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40034 reference "sec:toc"
40039 The index list is described in section
40040 \begin_inset space ~
40044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40046 reference "sec:Index"
40050 , the nomenclature in section
40051 \begin_inset space ~
40055 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40057 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40061 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40062 \begin_inset space ~
40066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40068 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40075 \begin_layout Subsection
40079 \begin_layout Standard
40080 To insert floats, described in section
40081 \begin_inset space ~
40085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40087 reference "sec:Floats"
40094 \begin_layout Subsection
40098 \begin_layout Standard
40099 To insert notes, described in section
40100 \begin_inset space ~
40104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40106 reference "sec:Notes"
40113 \begin_layout Subsection
40117 \begin_layout Standard
40118 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40119 \begin_inset space ~
40123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40125 reference "sec:Branches"
40132 \begin_layout Subsection
40136 \begin_layout Standard
40137 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40138 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40140 An example is the document class
40141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40148 with three custom insets.
40151 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40157 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40160 \begin_layout Subsection
40162 \begin_inset Index idx
40165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40174 \begin_layout Standard
40175 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
40177 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40184 \begin_inset space ~
40192 \begin_layout Subsection
40194 \begin_inset Index idx
40197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40206 \begin_layout Standard
40207 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40208 \begin_inset space ~
40212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40214 reference "sec:Minipages"
40219 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40226 \begin_inset space ~
40234 \begin_layout Subsection
40238 \begin_layout Standard
40239 Inserts a citation as described in section
40240 \begin_inset space ~
40244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40246 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40253 \begin_layout Subsection
40257 \begin_layout Standard
40258 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40259 \begin_inset space ~
40263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40265 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40272 \begin_layout Subsection
40276 \begin_layout Standard
40277 Inserts a label as described in section
40278 \begin_inset space ~
40282 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40284 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40291 \begin_layout Subsection
40293 \begin_inset Index idx
40296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40303 \begin_inset Index idx
40306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40307 Longtables ! Caption
40315 \begin_layout Standard
40316 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40317 Floats are described in section
40318 \begin_inset space ~
40322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40324 reference "sec:Floats"
40328 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40335 \begin_inset space ~
40343 \begin_layout Subsection
40347 \begin_layout Standard
40348 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40349 \begin_inset space ~
40353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40355 reference "sec:Index"
40362 \begin_layout Subsection
40366 \begin_layout Standard
40367 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40368 \begin_inset space ~
40372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40374 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40381 \begin_layout Subsection
40385 \begin_layout Standard
40387 Tables are described in section
40388 \begin_inset space ~
40392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40394 reference "sec:Tables"
40401 \begin_layout Subsection
40405 \begin_layout Standard
40407 Graphics are described in section
40408 \begin_inset space ~
40412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40414 reference "sec:Graphics"
40421 \begin_layout Subsection
40425 \begin_layout Standard
40426 Inserts a URL as described in section
40427 \begin_inset space ~
40431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40433 reference "sub:URLs"
40440 \begin_layout Subsection
40444 \begin_layout Standard
40445 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40446 \begin_inset space ~
40450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40452 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40459 \begin_layout Subsection
40463 \begin_layout Standard
40464 Inserts a footnote, see section
40465 \begin_inset space ~
40469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40471 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40478 \begin_layout Subsection
40482 \begin_layout Standard
40483 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40484 \begin_inset space ~
40488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40490 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40497 \begin_layout Subsection
40501 \begin_layout Standard
40502 Inserts a short title, see section
40503 \begin_inset space ~
40507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40509 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40516 \begin_layout Subsection
40520 \begin_layout Standard
40521 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40522 \begin_inset space ~
40526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40528 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40535 \begin_layout Subsection
40537 \begin_inset Index idx
40540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40549 \begin_layout Standard
40550 Inserts a program listings box.
40551 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40553 Program Code Listings
40558 \begin_inset space ~
40566 \begin_layout Subsection
40570 \begin_layout Standard
40571 Inserts the actual date.
40572 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40574 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40582 \begin_inset space ~
40590 \begin_layout Subsection
40594 \begin_layout Standard
40595 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40596 \begin_inset space ~
40600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40602 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40609 \begin_layout Section
40611 \begin_inset Index idx
40614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40623 \begin_layout Standard
40624 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40625 \begin_inset space ~
40628 of the current document.
40629 This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
40632 \begin_layout Subsection
40636 \begin_layout Standard
40637 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40638 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40644 \begin_inset space \space{}
40648 \begin_inset space ~
40652 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40653 \begin_inset space ~
40656 2.5 and use the submenu
40659 \begin_inset space ~
40663 \begin_inset space ~
40670 \begin_inset space ~
40676 \begin_inset space ~
40680 \begin_inset space ~
40686 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40690 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40696 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40702 \begin_layout Standard
40703 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40704 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40707 \begin_layout Subsection
40708 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40711 \begin_layout Standard
40712 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40716 \begin_layout Subsection
40720 \begin_layout Standard
40721 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40722 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40723 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40727 \begin_inset space ~
40731 \begin_inset space ~
40739 \begin_layout Subsection
40743 \begin_layout Standard
40744 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40745 in the output, see section
40748 \begin_inset space ~
40756 \begin_inset space ~
40761 manual for a detailed description.
40764 \begin_layout Section
40766 \begin_inset Index idx
40769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40778 \begin_layout Subsection
40782 \begin_layout Standard
40783 Change Tracking is described in section
40784 \begin_inset space ~
40788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40790 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40797 \begin_layout Subsection
40802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40812 \begin_layout Standard
40813 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40815 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40818 \begin_layout Standard
40819 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40824 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40827 \begin_layout Subsection
40831 \begin_layout Standard
40832 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40833 \begin_inset space ~
40837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40839 reference "sec:Navigating"
40844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40846 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40853 \begin_layout Subsection
40854 Start Appendix Here
40857 \begin_layout Standard
40858 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40859 position as described in section
40860 \begin_inset space ~
40864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40866 reference "sec:Appendices"
40873 \begin_layout Subsection
40877 \begin_layout Standard
40878 Un/compresses the current document.
40881 \begin_layout Subsection
40885 \begin_layout Standard
40886 The document settings are described in appendix
40887 \begin_inset space ~
40891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40893 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40900 \begin_layout Section
40902 \begin_inset Index idx
40905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40914 \begin_layout Subsection
40918 \begin_layout Standard
40919 Spell checking is explained in section
40920 \begin_inset space ~
40924 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40926 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40933 \begin_layout Subsection
40937 \begin_layout Standard
40938 The thesaurus is described in section
40939 \begin_inset space ~
40943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40945 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40952 \begin_layout Subsection
40954 \begin_inset Index idx
40957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40964 \begin_inset Index idx
40967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40976 \begin_layout Standard
40977 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
40981 \begin_layout Subsection
40983 \begin_inset Index idx
40986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40995 \begin_layout Standard
40996 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
41000 \begin_layout Subsection
41002 \begin_inset Index idx
41005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41006 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
41010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41017 Reconfiguration of LyX
41021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41034 \begin_inset Index idx
41037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41038 Reconfiguration of LyX
41046 \begin_layout Standard
41047 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41048 and programs it needs; see also section
41049 \begin_inset space ~
41053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41055 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41062 \begin_layout Subsection
41066 \begin_layout Standard
41067 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41068 \begin_inset space ~
41072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41074 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41081 \begin_layout Section
41083 \begin_inset Index idx
41086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41095 \begin_layout Standard
41096 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41098 If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
41102 \begin_layout Standard
41106 \begin_inset space ~
41111 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41112 found by LyX (see also section
41113 \begin_inset space ~
41117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41119 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41126 \begin_layout Section
41128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41130 name "sec:Toolbars"
41137 \begin_layout Standard
41138 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41139 \begin_inset space ~
41143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41145 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41152 \begin_layout Standard
41153 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41154 This is described in the
41156 Additional Features
41161 \begin_layout Subsection
41163 \begin_inset Index idx
41166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41175 \begin_layout Standard
41176 \begin_inset Graphics
41177 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41185 \begin_layout Standard
41186 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41192 \begin_layout Standard
41193 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41210 \begin_inset Note Note
41213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41214 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41219 manual for more information.
41227 \begin_layout Standard
41228 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41234 \begin_layout Standard
41235 \begin_inset Tabular
41236 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41237 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41238 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41239 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41245 \begin_inset Graphics
41246 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41260 pull-down box for the environments
41273 \begin_layout Standard
41274 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41280 \begin_layout Standard
41282 \begin_inset Tabular
41283 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41284 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41285 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41286 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41287 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41310 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41317 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41340 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41347 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41370 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41377 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41386 arg "dialog-show print"
41394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41400 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41416 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41430 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41437 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41460 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41467 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41490 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41497 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41520 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41527 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41550 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41557 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41580 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41596 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41610 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41625 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41634 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41648 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41649 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41656 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41677 Emphasize text, function of the
41679 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41681 \begin_inset space ~
41692 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41713 Set text to noun style, function of the
41715 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41717 \begin_inset space ~
41728 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41737 arg "textstyle-apply"
41745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41749 Formats text using the current settings in the
41751 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41753 \begin_inset space ~
41764 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41788 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41790 \begin_inset space ~
41799 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41808 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41822 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41829 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41836 arg "tabular-insert"
41844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41850 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41857 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41866 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41878 Toggle outline window on/off,
41880 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41887 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41896 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41908 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41914 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41923 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41935 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41948 \begin_layout Subsection
41950 \begin_inset Index idx
41953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41962 \begin_layout Standard
41963 \begin_inset Graphics
41964 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41972 \begin_layout Standard
41973 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41979 \begin_layout Standard
41980 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41984 \begin_layout Standard
41985 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41991 \begin_layout Standard
41992 \begin_inset Tabular
41993 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
41994 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41995 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41996 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41997 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42024 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42033 arg "layout Enumerate"
42041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42051 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42060 arg "layout Itemize"
42068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42078 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42105 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42114 arg "layout Description"
42122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42132 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42141 arg "depth-increment"
42149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42155 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42157 \begin_inset space ~
42161 \begin_inset space ~
42170 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42179 arg "depth-decrement"
42187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42193 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42195 \begin_inset space ~
42199 \begin_inset space ~
42208 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42217 arg "float-insert figure"
42225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42231 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42232 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42239 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42248 arg "float-insert table"
42256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42262 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42263 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42270 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42300 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42309 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42323 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42330 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42339 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42353 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42360 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42385 \begin_inset space ~
42394 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42403 arg "nomencl-insert"
42411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42417 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42419 \begin_inset space ~
42428 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42437 arg "footnote-insert"
42445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42451 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42458 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42467 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42483 \begin_inset space ~
42492 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42515 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42516 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42518 \begin_inset space ~
42527 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42536 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42557 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42580 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42610 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42627 \begin_inset space ~
42636 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42645 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42659 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42660 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42667 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42676 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42690 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42691 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42693 \begin_inset space ~
42702 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42711 arg "dialog-show character"
42719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42725 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42727 \begin_inset space ~
42736 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42745 arg "layout-paragraph"
42753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42759 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42761 \begin_inset space ~
42770 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42779 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42793 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42807 \begin_layout Subsection
42808 View / Update Toolbar
42809 \begin_inset Index idx
42812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42813 Toolbar ! View / Update
42821 \begin_layout Standard
42822 \begin_inset Graphics
42823 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42830 \begin_layout Standard
42831 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42837 \begin_layout Standard
42838 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42842 \begin_layout Standard
42843 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42849 \begin_layout Standard
42850 \begin_inset Tabular
42851 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42852 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42853 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42854 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42855 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42878 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42885 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42894 arg "buffer-update"
42902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42908 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42915 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42924 arg "master-buffer-view"
42932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42938 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42945 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42954 arg "master-buffer-update"
42962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42968 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42970 \begin_inset space ~
42979 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42988 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
42996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43002 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43003 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43004 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43005 Synchronize with Output
43011 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43016 \begin_inset Graphics
43017 filename ../images/view-others.png
43019 groupId toolbarbuttons
43030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43036 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43037 View (Other Formats)
43043 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43048 \begin_inset Graphics
43049 filename ../images/update-others.png
43051 groupId toolbarbuttons
43060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43066 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43067 Update (Other Formats)
43080 \begin_layout Standard
43081 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43085 \begin_layout Subsection
43089 \begin_layout Standard
43090 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43091 \begin_inset space ~
43095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43097 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43101 , the table toolbar
43102 \begin_inset Index idx
43105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43114 \begin_inset space ~
43119 manual, the math macro toolbar
43120 \begin_inset Index idx
43123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43136 \begin_layout Chapter
43137 The Document Settings
43138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43140 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43145 \begin_inset Index idx
43148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43149 Document ! Settings
43157 \begin_layout Standard
43158 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43159 whole document and is called with the menu
43161 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43165 You can save your document settings as default with the
43167 Save as Document Defaults
43169 button in the dialog.
43170 This will create a template named
43174 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43178 \begin_layout Standard
43183 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43184 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43187 \begin_layout Standard
43188 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
43191 \begin_layout Section
43195 \begin_layout Standard
43196 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43198 Document classes are described in section
43199 \begin_inset space ~
43203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43205 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43213 \begin_layout Standard
43217 \begin_inset space ~
43222 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43226 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43227 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43229 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43238 \begin_layout Standard
43239 Some classes use special class options by default.
43240 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43244 and you can decide to use them or not.
43245 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43246 recommended to leave them untouched.
43251 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43256 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43257 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43263 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43264 \begin_inset Newline newline
43269 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43272 \begin_inset Newline newline
43275 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43281 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43283 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43295 \begin_layout Standard
43296 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43298 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43299 document is opened without its master.
43300 This way child documents are always compilable.
43301 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43308 \begin_inset space ~
43316 \begin_layout Standard
43317 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43327 \begin_inset Index idx
43330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43331 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43337 \begin_inset Index idx
43340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43341 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43346 for cross-references, see sec.
43347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43353 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43360 \begin_layout Section
43364 \begin_layout Standard
43365 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43366 Please refer to the section
43369 \begin_inset space ~
43377 \begin_inset space ~
43382 manual for details.
43385 \begin_layout Section
43389 \begin_layout Standard
43390 Modules are explained in section
43391 \begin_inset space ~
43395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43397 reference "sub:Modules"
43404 \begin_layout Section
43408 \begin_layout Standard
43410 \begin_inset space ~
43414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43416 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43423 \begin_layout Section
43427 \begin_layout Standard
43428 The document font settings are described in section
43429 \begin_inset space ~
43433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43435 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43442 \begin_layout Section
43446 \begin_layout Standard
43447 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43449 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43452 \begin_layout Standard
43453 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43454 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43456 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43459 \begin_layout Section
43463 \begin_layout Standard
43464 A description of this menu is given in section
43465 \begin_inset space ~
43469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43471 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43478 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43485 \begin_layout Section
43489 \begin_layout Standard
43490 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43491 \begin_inset space ~
43495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43497 reference "sub:Margins"
43504 \begin_layout Section
43506 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43508 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43513 \begin_inset Index idx
43516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43517 Language ! Encoding
43525 \begin_layout Standard
43526 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43527 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43528 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43529 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43530 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43531 known for a particular character).
43535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43536 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43541 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43546 manual for details.
43554 \begin_layout Standard
43555 If you use the option
43559 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43560 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43561 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43562 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43563 exactly one encoding.
43564 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43567 \begin_layout Standard
43568 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43569 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43570 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
43571 choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43572 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43573 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43578 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43579 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43580 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43581 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43582 engines to standard LaTeX.
43583 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43584 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43587 \begin_inset space ~
43594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43606 \begin_inset space ~
43613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43625 \begin_inset space ~
43631 \begin_inset space ~
43635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43637 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43642 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43646 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43649 \begin_layout Standard
43653 \begin_inset space ~
43658 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43668 The possible settings are:
43671 \begin_layout Description
43672 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43674 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43675 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43679 \begin_inset space ~
43683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43685 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43692 \begin_layout Description
43693 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43694 format you will use.
43695 In many cases this will be
43700 \begin_inset Index idx
43703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43704 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43710 If the newer package
43715 \begin_inset Index idx
43718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43719 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43724 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43725 this package will be used instead of
43732 \begin_layout Description
43734 \begin_inset space ~
43745 would be more appropriate.
43748 \begin_layout Description
43749 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43750 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43754 (for German texts), type in
43757 \begin_inset Newline newline
43762 usepackage{ngerman}
43765 \begin_layout Description
43766 None will not use a language package.
43767 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43770 \begin_layout Standard
43771 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43774 \begin_layout Description
43776 \begin_inset space ~
43780 \begin_inset space ~
43784 \begin_inset space ~
43791 , but the LaTeX-package
43796 \begin_inset Index idx
43799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43800 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43806 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43807 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43808 languages in TeX code.
43811 \begin_layout Description
43812 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43813 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43814 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43817 \begin_layout Description
43819 \begin_inset space ~
43823 \begin_inset space ~
43826 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43829 \begin_layout Description
43831 \begin_inset space ~
43835 \begin_inset space ~
43838 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43841 \begin_layout Description
43843 \begin_inset space ~
43846 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43849 \begin_layout Description
43851 \begin_inset space ~
43855 \begin_inset space ~
43858 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43859 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43862 \begin_layout Description
43864 \begin_inset space ~
43868 \begin_inset space ~
43871 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43875 \begin_layout Description
43877 \begin_inset space ~
43881 \begin_inset space ~
43884 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43885 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43888 \begin_layout Description
43890 \begin_inset space ~
43894 \begin_inset space ~
43898 \begin_inset space ~
43901 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43902 \begin_inset space ~
43908 \begin_layout Description
43910 \begin_inset space ~
43914 \begin_inset space ~
43918 \begin_inset space ~
43921 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43922 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43925 \begin_layout Description
43927 \begin_inset space ~
43931 \begin_inset space ~
43934 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43935 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43936 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43937 \begin_inset space ~
43941 \begin_inset space ~
43947 \begin_layout Description
43949 \begin_inset space ~
43953 \begin_inset space ~
43956 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43957 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43958 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43959 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43960 \begin_inset space ~
43964 \begin_inset space ~
43970 \begin_layout Description
43972 \begin_inset space ~
43976 \begin_inset space ~
43979 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
43982 \begin_layout Description
43984 \begin_inset space ~
43988 \begin_inset space ~
43991 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
43994 \begin_layout Description
43996 \begin_inset space ~
44000 \begin_inset space ~
44003 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
44006 \begin_layout Description
44008 \begin_inset space ~
44011 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
44014 \begin_layout Description
44016 \begin_inset space ~
44019 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
44022 \begin_layout Description
44024 \begin_inset space ~
44028 \begin_inset space ~
44031 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
44034 \begin_layout Description
44036 \begin_inset space ~
44040 \begin_inset space ~
44046 \begin_layout Description
44048 \begin_inset space ~
44052 \begin_inset space ~
44055 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44058 \begin_layout Description
44060 \begin_inset space ~
44064 \begin_inset space ~
44070 \begin_layout Description
44072 \begin_inset space ~
44076 \begin_inset space ~
44079 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44084 \begin_inset Index idx
44087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44088 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44093 , when using this, set the document language to
44098 \begin_layout Description
44100 \begin_inset space ~
44104 \begin_inset space ~
44107 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44111 , when using this, set the document language to
44114 \begin_inset space ~
44120 \begin_layout Description
44122 \begin_inset space ~
44126 \begin_inset space ~
44129 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44134 \begin_inset Index idx
44137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44138 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44143 , when using this, set the document language to
44148 \begin_layout Description
44150 \begin_inset space ~
44154 \begin_inset space ~
44157 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44161 , when using this, set the document language to
44166 \begin_layout Description
44168 \begin_inset space ~
44172 \begin_inset space ~
44175 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44179 , when using this, set the document language to
44184 \begin_layout Description
44186 \begin_inset space ~
44189 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44192 \begin_layout Description
44194 \begin_inset space ~
44198 \begin_inset space ~
44202 \begin_inset space ~
44205 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44208 \begin_layout Description
44210 \begin_inset space ~
44214 \begin_inset space ~
44218 \begin_inset space ~
44221 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44222 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44223 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44226 \begin_layout Description
44228 \begin_inset space ~
44232 \begin_inset space ~
44238 \begin_layout Description
44240 \begin_inset space ~
44244 \begin_inset space ~
44247 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44248 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44251 \begin_layout Description
44253 \begin_inset space ~
44257 \begin_inset space ~
44260 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44265 \begin_inset Index idx
44268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44269 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44274 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44277 \begin_layout Description
44279 \begin_inset space ~
44283 \begin_inset space ~
44286 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44294 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44299 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44301 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44304 \begin_layout Description
44306 \begin_inset space ~
44310 \begin_inset space ~
44313 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44318 \begin_inset Index idx
44321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44322 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44327 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44330 \begin_layout Description
44332 \begin_inset space ~
44335 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44340 \begin_inset Index idx
44343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44344 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44350 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44354 \begin_layout Description
44356 \begin_inset space ~
44360 \begin_inset space ~
44364 \begin_inset space ~
44367 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44368 \begin_inset space ~
44374 \begin_layout Description
44376 \begin_inset space ~
44380 \begin_inset space ~
44384 \begin_inset space ~
44387 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44388 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44389 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44393 \begin_layout Description
44395 \begin_inset space ~
44399 \begin_inset space ~
44403 \begin_inset space ~
44406 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44407 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44410 \begin_layout Standard
44411 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44418 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44420 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44424 for more information on the language package.
44427 \begin_layout Section
44429 \begin_inset Index idx
44432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44439 \begin_inset Index idx
44442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44451 \begin_layout Standard
44452 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44454 \begin_inset space ~
44457 out notes (default: light grey).
44462 sets the color back to the default.
44465 \begin_layout Standard
44466 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44468 \begin_inset space ~
44471 boxes (default: red).
44474 \begin_layout Standard
44475 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44479 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44481 \begin_inset space ~
44484 out note appears blue in the output.)
44492 \begin_layout Standard
44493 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44496 \begin_inset space ~
44501 in the document settings under
44504 \begin_inset space ~
44509 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44512 \begin_inset space ~
44520 \begin_inset space ~
44526 For example the option
44529 \begin_layout Standard
44535 \begin_layout Standard
44536 sets the link text color to black.
44537 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44542 \begin_inset Index idx
44545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44546 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44552 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44561 \begin_layout Standard
44562 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44568 \begin_layout Standard
44569 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44570 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44571 \begin_inset space ~
44574 Code behind a forced page break:
44577 \begin_layout Itemize
44578 For the page color:
44579 \begin_inset Newline newline
44586 pagecolor{color name}
44589 \begin_layout Itemize
44590 For the text color:
44591 \begin_inset Newline newline
44601 \begin_layout Standard
44602 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44635 \begin_inset Newline newline
44638 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44642 \begin_layout Itemize
44643 For the page background color:
44644 \begin_inset Newline newline
44649 page_backgroundcolor
44652 \begin_layout Itemize
44653 For the main text color:
44654 \begin_inset Newline newline
44662 \begin_layout Itemize
44664 \begin_inset space ~
44667 box background color:
44668 \begin_inset Newline newline
44676 \begin_layout Itemize
44678 \begin_inset space ~
44681 out note text color:
44682 \begin_inset Newline newline
44690 \begin_layout Standard
44691 To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
44694 \begin_inset space ~
44702 \begin_inset space ~
44710 \begin_layout Section
44714 \begin_layout Standard
44715 Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44716 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44717 \begin_inset space ~
44721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44723 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44730 \begin_layout Section
44734 \begin_layout Standard
44735 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44740 \begin_inset Index idx
44743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44744 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44754 \begin_inset Index idx
44757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44758 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44764 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44769 \begin_inset Index idx
44772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44773 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44778 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44780 For a further description see section
44781 \begin_inset space ~
44785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44787 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44794 \begin_layout Section
44798 \begin_layout Standard
44799 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44800 and you can define additional indexes.
44801 Please refer to section
44802 \begin_inset space ~
44806 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44808 reference "sec:Index"
44815 \begin_layout Section
44819 \begin_layout Standard
44820 The PDF properties are explained in section
44821 \begin_inset space ~
44825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44827 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44834 \begin_layout Section
44838 \begin_layout Standard
44839 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44844 \begin_inset Index idx
44847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44848 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44858 \begin_inset Index idx
44861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44862 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44872 \begin_inset Index idx
44875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44876 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44886 \begin_inset Index idx
44889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44890 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44895 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44898 \begin_layout Description
44899 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44900 ensure that you have enabled
44903 \begin_inset space ~
44911 \begin_layout Description
44912 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44915 \begin_inset space ~
44927 \begin_layout Description
44928 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44939 \begin_layout Description
44940 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44942 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44951 \begin_layout Section
44955 \begin_layout Standard
44956 The float placement options are described in section
44959 \begin_inset space ~
44967 \begin_inset space ~
44975 \begin_layout Section
44979 \begin_layout Standard
44980 The listings settings are explained in chapter
44982 Program Code Listings
44987 \begin_inset space ~
44995 \begin_layout Section
44999 \begin_layout Standard
45000 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
45001 The itemize environment is described in section
45002 \begin_inset space ~
45006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45008 reference "sec:Itemize"
45015 \begin_layout Section
45019 \begin_layout Standard
45020 Branches are described in section
45021 \begin_inset space ~
45025 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45027 reference "sec:Branches"
45034 \begin_layout Section
45036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45038 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45045 \begin_layout Standard
45046 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45049 \begin_layout Description
45051 \begin_inset space ~
45055 \begin_inset space ~
45058 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45078 View Master Document
45079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45086 Update Master Document
45087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45094 menu or the toolbar.
45095 The default is set in
45097 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45098 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45102 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45108 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45115 \begin_layout Description
45117 \begin_inset space ~
45121 \begin_inset space ~
45124 Output settings for the menu
45126 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45128 \begin_inset space ~
45134 For a detailed description see section
45136 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45141 \begin_inset space ~
45149 \begin_layout Description
45151 \begin_inset space ~
45155 \begin_inset space ~
45158 Options settings for the export format
45166 \begin_inset space ~
45171 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45172 \begin_inset space ~
45175 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45179 \begin_inset space ~
45184 settings are described in detail in section
45186 Math Output in XHTML
45191 \begin_inset space ~
45197 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45200 \begin_layout Section
45205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45215 \begin_layout Standard
45216 In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
45217 or to define LaTeX-commands.
45218 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45219 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45223 \begin_layout Standard
45224 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45225 \begin_inset space ~
45229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45231 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45238 \begin_layout Chapter
45244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45246 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45251 \begin_inset Index idx
45254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45263 \begin_layout Standard
45264 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45266 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45270 It has the following submenus.
45273 \begin_layout Section
45277 \begin_layout Subsection
45281 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45282 User Interface File
45283 \begin_inset Index idx
45286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45287 Customization ! of toolbars
45293 \begin_inset Index idx
45296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45297 Customization ! of menus
45305 \begin_layout Standard
45306 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45307 interface (ui) file.
45308 A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45309 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45318 Both files are loaded by the
45323 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45324 files and edit the entries.
45327 \begin_layout Standard
45328 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45340 entries must be finished with an explicit
45365 and in the case of the
45366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45378 The syntax for the entries is:
45381 \begin_layout Standard
45382 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45410 \begin_layout Standard
45412 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45415 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45417 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45419 \begin_inset space ~
45427 \begin_layout Standard
45428 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45434 \begin_layout Standard
45435 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45437 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45440 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45444 \begin_layout Standard
45445 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45469 \begin_layout Standard
45471 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45482 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45485 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45489 \begin_layout Standard
45490 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45491 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45492 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45495 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45502 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45506 \begin_layout Standard
45509 Enable tool tips in main work area
45511 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45515 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45519 \begin_layout Standard
45522 Restore window layouts and geometries
45524 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45525 in the last LyX session.
45528 \begin_layout Standard
45531 Restore cursor positions
45533 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
45537 \begin_layout Standard
45540 Load opened files from last session
45542 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45545 \begin_layout Standard
45548 Clear all session information
45550 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45551 of last opened documents, etc.).
45554 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45558 name "sub:Backup documents"
45563 \begin_inset Index idx
45566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45575 \begin_layout Standard
45578 Backup original documents when saving
45580 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45581 it was saved the last time.
45582 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45585 \begin_inset space ~
45591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45593 reference "sec:Paths"
45598 The backup file has the file extension
45599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45613 \begin_layout Standard
45616 Backup documents, every
45618 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45621 \begin_layout Standard
45624 Save documents compressed by default
45626 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45629 \begin_layout Standard
45634 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45637 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45639 \begin_inset space ~
45647 \begin_layout Standard
45650 Open documents in tabs
45652 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45656 \begin_layout Standard
45661 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45667 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45673 reference "sec:Paths"
45677 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45683 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45685 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45688 \begin_layout Standard
45691 Single close-tab button
45693 there will only be one button (
45696 \begin_inset Graphics
45697 filename ../images/closetab.png
45704 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45705 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45708 \begin_layout Standard
45709 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45717 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45725 \begin_layout Subsection
45727 \begin_inset Index idx
45730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45737 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45739 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45746 \begin_layout Standard
45747 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45750 \begin_layout Standard
45751 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45759 This section only deals with the fonts
45764 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45767 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45768 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45779 \begin_layout Standard
45780 By default, LyX uses
45784 as roman (serif) font,
45792 (depends on the system) as
45795 \begin_inset space ~
45811 \begin_layout Standard
45812 You can change the font size with the
45819 \begin_layout Standard
45824 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45826 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45829 points have the size of 1
45830 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45834 \begin_inset space ~
45838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45840 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
45845 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45846 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45850 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45851 \begin_inset space ~
45855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45857 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45864 \begin_layout Standard
45867 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45869 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45870 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45871 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45872 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45874 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45875 \begin_inset space ~
45881 \begin_layout Subsection
45883 \begin_inset Index idx
45886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45893 \begin_inset Index idx
45896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45905 \begin_layout Standard
45906 Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
45907 Choose an item in the list and use the
45914 \begin_layout Standard
45915 By using the option
45919 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
45922 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
45923 \begin_inset space ~
45927 \begin_inset space ~
45932 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
45935 \begin_layout Subsection
45937 \begin_inset Index idx
45940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45949 \begin_layout Standard
45950 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45953 \begin_layout Standard
45958 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45959 This feature is described in section
45960 \begin_inset space ~
45964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45966 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
45973 \begin_layout Standard
45977 \begin_inset space ~
45981 \begin_inset space ~
45985 \begin_inset space ~
45990 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
45993 \begin_layout Section
45995 \begin_inset Index idx
45998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46007 \begin_layout Subsection
46011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46015 \begin_layout Standard
46018 Cursor follows scrollbar
46020 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
46024 \begin_layout Standard
46025 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
46026 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
46027 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
46030 \begin_layout Standard
46033 Scroll below end of document
46035 is self-explanatory.
46038 \begin_layout Standard
46039 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
46046 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46048 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46049 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46052 \begin_layout Standard
46055 Sort environments alphabetically
46057 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46060 \begin_layout Standard
46063 Group environments by their category
46065 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46068 \begin_layout Standard
46069 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46081 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46085 \begin_layout Standard
46086 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46091 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46092 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
46096 \begin_layout Subsection
46098 \begin_inset Index idx
46101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46108 \begin_inset Index idx
46111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46112 Settings ! Shortcuts
46120 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46124 \begin_layout Standard
46125 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46126 Several binding files are available:
46129 \begin_layout Description
46130 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46133 \begin_layout Description
46134 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46145 \begin_layout Description
46146 mac.bind set of bindings for
46149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46157 \begin_layout Standard
46158 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46162 , and bind files for special languages.
46163 The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46168 \begin_inset space \space{}
46172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46180 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46184 \begin_layout Standard
46185 Some bind-files, like
46189 , have only a small scope.
46190 When looking at the end of the file
46194 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46197 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46201 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46206 \begin_inset Index idx
46209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46210 Key Bindings ! Editing
46218 \begin_layout Standard
46219 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46220 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46221 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46224 Show key-bindings containing
46227 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46228 Insert there for example as keyword
46229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46236 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46246 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46247 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46251 that you will find in the
46258 \begin_layout Standard
46260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46264 \begin_inset space \space{}
46275 , select the function and press the
46280 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46281 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46282 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46283 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46284 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46286 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46288 The binding for the function
46292 is an example of this.
46295 \begin_layout Standard
46296 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46298 The syntax of the entries is:
46301 \begin_layout Standard
46307 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46319 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46325 \begin_layout Subsection
46327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46329 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46334 \begin_inset Index idx
46337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46344 \begin_inset Index idx
46347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46348 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46356 \begin_layout Standard
46357 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46358 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46360 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46364 \begin_inset space \space{}
46367 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46368 can use the keyboard map file named
46375 \begin_layout Standard
46376 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46384 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46392 \begin_layout Standard
46393 You can furthermore specify here the
46395 Wheel scrolling speed
46398 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46402 \begin_layout Standard
46407 you can select a key for zooming.
46408 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46411 \begin_layout Subsection
46415 \begin_layout Standard
46416 Input completion is described in sec.
46417 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46423 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46430 \begin_layout Section
46432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46439 \begin_inset Index idx
46442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46449 \begin_inset Index idx
46452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46461 \begin_layout Description
46463 \begin_inset space ~
46466 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46467 It is the default when you
46478 \begin_inset space ~
46486 \begin_layout Description
46488 \begin_inset space ~
46491 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46493 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46495 \begin_inset space ~
46499 \begin_inset space ~
46507 \begin_layout Description
46509 \begin_inset space ~
46512 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46518 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46522 \begin_inset Newline newline
46526 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46538 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46546 \begin_layout Description
46548 \begin_inset space ~
46552 \begin_inset Index idx
46555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46561 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46562 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46563 \begin_inset space ~
46567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46569 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46577 will be used to save the backups.
46578 \begin_inset Newline newline
46581 Backup files have the ending
46582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46592 \begin_layout Description
46597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46605 \begin_inset space ~
46608 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46609 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46610 \begin_inset Newline newline
46617 You add a BibTeX-database
46622 You can edit this file with the program
46631 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46634 \begin_inset space ~
46640 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46645 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46646 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46652 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46653 \begin_inset Newline newline
46656 The pipe is also used for the
46661 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46667 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46672 \begin_inset Newline newline
46675 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46676 \begin_inset Newline newline
46692 \begin_layout Description
46694 \begin_inset space ~
46697 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46700 \begin_layout Description
46702 \begin_inset space ~
46705 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46706 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46707 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46710 \begin_layout Description
46712 \begin_inset space ~
46715 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46721 You only need to specify it if you are using
46725 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46731 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46735 \begin_layout Description
46737 \begin_inset space ~
46740 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46741 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46742 to find it on the system.
46743 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46744 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46750 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46753 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46754 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46757 \begin_layout Description
46759 \begin_inset space ~
46762 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46763 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code.
46764 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46766 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46767 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46768 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46769 scanned for the input files.
46770 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46771 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46772 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46773 on may fail for some documents.
46776 \begin_layout Section
46780 \begin_layout Standard
46781 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46782 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46784 \begin_inset space ~
46788 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46790 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46794 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46797 \begin_layout Section
46799 \begin_inset Index idx
46802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46803 Language ! Settings
46809 \begin_inset Index idx
46812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46813 Settings ! Language
46821 \begin_layout Subsection
46823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46825 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46832 \begin_layout Description
46834 \begin_inset space ~
46838 \begin_inset space ~
46841 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46842 You find the actual translation status here:
46843 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46845 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46852 \begin_layout Description
46854 \begin_inset space ~
46857 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46859 Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46860 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46877 The most widespread language package is
46882 \begin_inset Index idx
46885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46886 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46891 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46892 More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
46893 alternative language package
46898 \begin_inset Index idx
46901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46902 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46907 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46908 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46910 The available selections are described in sec.
46911 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46917 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46924 \begin_layout Description
46926 \begin_inset space ~
46929 start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46930 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46931 An example is the start command
46937 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46942 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46957 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46962 \begin_layout Description
46964 \begin_inset space ~
46972 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
46973 command toggles the package on and off.
46976 \begin_layout Description
46978 \begin_inset space ~
46982 \begin_inset space ~
46985 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
46989 \begin_layout Description
46991 \begin_inset space ~
46995 \begin_inset space ~
46998 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
46999 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
47000 used by all LaTeX-packages.
47001 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
47008 \begin_layout Description
47010 \begin_inset space ~
47013 begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
47015 When this option is not set, the
47018 \begin_inset space ~
47023 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
47024 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
47027 \begin_inset space ~
47035 \begin_layout Description
47037 \begin_inset space ~
47043 \begin_inset space ~
47049 When it is not set, the
47052 \begin_inset space ~
47057 is set to the end of the document.
47060 \begin_layout Description
47062 \begin_inset space ~
47066 \begin_inset space ~
47069 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47070 language will be underlined in blue.
47073 \begin_layout Description
47075 \begin_inset space ~
47079 \begin_inset space ~
47082 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47083 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47086 \begin_layout Description
47088 \begin_inset space ~
47091 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47092 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47093 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47094 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47097 \begin_layout Subsection
47101 \begin_layout Standard
47102 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47103 \begin_inset space ~
47107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47109 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47116 \begin_layout Section
47120 \begin_layout Subsection
47124 \begin_layout Description
47126 \begin_inset space ~
47130 \begin_inset space ~
47133 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47136 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47137 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47139 \begin_inset space ~
47145 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47149 \begin_layout Description
47151 \begin_inset space ~
47155 \begin_inset Index idx
47158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47165 \begin_inset Index idx
47168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47169 Settings ! Date format
47174 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47175 \begin_inset Newline newline
47179 \begin_inset Flex URL
47182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47184 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47190 \begin_inset Newline newline
47193 For example the format
47194 \begin_inset Newline newline
47198 \begin_inset Newline newline
47201 prints the date as day/month/year.
47204 \begin_layout Description
47206 \begin_inset space ~
47210 \begin_inset space ~
47213 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47216 \begin_layout Description
47218 \begin_inset space ~
47221 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47223 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47225 \begin_inset space ~
47231 For a detailed description see section
47233 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47238 \begin_inset space ~
47246 \begin_layout Subsection
47248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47255 \begin_inset Index idx
47258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47265 \begin_inset Index idx
47268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47277 \begin_layout Description
47279 \begin_inset space ~
47282 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47283 The name will be used when the
47288 \begin_inset Newline newline
47292 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47300 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47308 \begin_layout Description
47310 \begin_inset space ~
47313 command is the command LyX
47314 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47321 LaTeX uses for printing.
47329 \begin_layout Description
47331 \begin_inset space ~
47335 \begin_inset space ~
47338 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47339 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47340 of the program that provides the
47347 \begin_layout Description
47349 \begin_inset space ~
47353 \begin_inset space ~
47357 \begin_inset space ~
47360 printer This option works only for the
47365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47377 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47378 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47381 \begin_layout Subsection
47386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47396 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47401 \begin_inset Index idx
47404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47413 \begin_layout Description
47415 \begin_inset space ~
47422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47430 \begin_inset space ~
47434 \begin_inset space ~
47437 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47442 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47463 are used for Cyrillic.
47464 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47477 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47478 LyX sets up in the background.
47479 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47482 \begin_layout Description
47484 \begin_inset space ~
47488 \begin_inset space ~
47491 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47496 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47499 \begin_layout Description
47501 \begin_inset space ~
47505 \begin_inset space ~
47509 \begin_inset space ~
47513 \begin_inset space ~
47516 options They only have an effect when the program
47520 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47523 \begin_layout Standard
47524 Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
47525 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47526 manuals of the applications.
47529 \begin_layout Description
47531 \begin_inset space ~
47534 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47535 \begin_inset space ~
47539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47541 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47548 \begin_layout Description
47550 \begin_inset space ~
47553 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47554 \begin_inset space ~
47558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47560 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47567 \begin_layout Description
47569 \begin_inset space ~
47572 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47573 \begin_inset space ~
47577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47579 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47586 \begin_layout Description
47591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47599 \begin_inset space ~
47602 command Command for the program
47606 that is described in the section
47612 Additional Features
47617 \begin_layout Standard
47618 There are additionally the following options:
47621 \begin_layout Description
47623 \begin_inset space ~
47627 \begin_inset space ~
47631 \begin_inset space ~
47635 \begin_inset space ~
47639 \begin_inset space ~
47642 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47660 to separate folders.
47661 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47662 \begin_inset Index idx
47665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47672 \begin_inset Index idx
47675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47684 \begin_layout Description
47686 \begin_inset space ~
47690 \begin_inset space ~
47694 \begin_inset space ~
47698 \begin_inset space ~
47702 \begin_inset space ~
47706 \begin_inset space ~
47709 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47711 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47714 dialog when changing the document class.
47717 \begin_layout Section
47719 \begin_inset space ~
47723 \begin_inset Index idx
47726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47735 \begin_layout Subsection
47737 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47739 name "sub:Converters"
47744 \begin_inset Index idx
47747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47756 \begin_layout Standard
47757 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47758 from one format to another.
47759 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47760 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47767 \begin_inset space ~
47777 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47781 \begin_inset space ~
47786 drop-down list, modify the
47790 field and press the
47797 \begin_layout Standard
47800 Converter File Cache
47802 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47805 Maximum Age (in days
47808 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47809 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47812 \begin_layout Standard
47813 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47814 definition, is described in the section
47825 \begin_layout Subsection
47827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47829 name "sec:File-Formats"
47834 \begin_inset Index idx
47837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47844 \begin_inset Index idx
47847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47856 \begin_layout Standard
47857 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47858 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47862 \begin_layout Standard
47863 Furthermore, you can define the
47865 Default output format
47867 that is used when you use
47869 View, Update, View Master Document
47873 Update Master Document
47879 menu or the toolbar.
47882 \begin_layout Standard
47883 More about formats and their options is described in the section
47894 \begin_layout Standard
47895 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47896 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47897 to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
47898 This is done by specifying a
47903 More about this is described in the section
47914 \begin_layout Chapter
47915 Units available in LyX
47916 \begin_inset Index idx
47919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47926 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47928 name "cha:Units-available-in"
47935 \begin_layout Standard
47936 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47939 reference "cap:Units"
47943 explains all units available in LyX.
47946 \begin_layout Standard
47947 \begin_inset Float table
47953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47954 \begin_inset Caption
47956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47957 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47972 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
47978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47980 \begin_inset Tabular
47981 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
47982 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
47983 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
47986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
47989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
47998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48084 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48112 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48135 scaled point (65536
48136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48196 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48251 % of original image width
48258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48440 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48465 \begin_layout Chapter
48467 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48476 \begin_layout Standard
48477 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48478 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48481 \begin_layout Itemize
48484 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48487 \begin_layout Itemize
48493 \begin_layout Itemize
48499 \begin_layout Itemize
48505 \begin_layout Itemize
48511 \begin_layout Itemize
48517 \begin_layout Itemize
48523 \begin_layout Itemize
48529 \begin_layout Itemize
48532 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48535 \begin_layout Itemize
48541 \begin_layout Itemize
48547 \begin_layout Itemize
48553 \begin_layout Itemize
48559 \begin_layout Itemize
48565 \begin_layout Itemize
48571 \begin_layout Itemize
48577 \begin_layout Itemize
48583 \begin_layout Itemize
48585 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48594 \begin_layout Standard
48595 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48598 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48605 \begin_layout Bibliography
48606 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48607 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48608 LatexCommand bibitem
48615 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48618 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
48623 \begin_inset Newline newline
48627 \begin_inset Flex URL
48630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48632 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
48640 \begin_layout Bibliography
48641 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48642 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48643 LatexCommand bibitem
48644 key "latexcompanion"
48648 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48650 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48653 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48656 \begin_layout Bibliography
48657 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48658 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48659 LatexCommand bibitem
48664 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48667 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48670 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48673 \begin_layout Bibliography
48674 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48675 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48676 LatexCommand bibitem
48683 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48686 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48689 \begin_layout Bibliography
48690 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48691 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48692 LatexCommand bibitem
48704 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48707 \begin_layout Bibliography
48708 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48709 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48710 LatexCommand bibitem
48716 \begin_inset Newline newline
48720 \begin_inset Flex URL
48723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48725 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48733 \begin_layout Bibliography
48734 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48735 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48736 LatexCommand bibitem
48742 \begin_inset Newline newline
48746 \begin_inset Flex URL
48749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48751 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48759 \begin_layout Bibliography
48760 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48761 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48762 LatexCommand bibitem
48768 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48770 name "Documentation"
48771 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48780 \begin_inset Newline newline
48784 \begin_inset Flex URL
48787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48789 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48797 \begin_layout Bibliography
48798 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48799 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48800 LatexCommand bibitem
48806 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48808 name "Documentation"
48809 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48813 how to use the program
48818 \begin_inset Newline newline
48822 \begin_inset Flex URL
48825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48827 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48835 \begin_layout Bibliography
48836 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48837 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48838 LatexCommand bibitem
48844 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48846 name "Documentation"
48847 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48856 \begin_inset Newline newline
48860 \begin_inset Flex URL
48863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48865 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48873 \begin_layout Bibliography
48874 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48875 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48876 LatexCommand bibitem
48882 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48884 name "Documentation"
48885 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48894 \begin_inset Newline newline
48898 \begin_inset Flex URL
48901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48903 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48911 \begin_layout Bibliography
48912 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48913 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48914 LatexCommand bibitem
48920 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48922 name "Documentation"
48923 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48927 of the LaTeX-package
48932 \begin_inset Index idx
48935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48936 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48942 \begin_inset Newline newline
48946 \begin_inset Flex URL
48949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48951 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
48959 \begin_layout Bibliography
48960 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48961 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48962 LatexCommand bibitem
48968 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48970 name "Documentation"
48971 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
48975 of the LaTeX-package
48980 \begin_inset Index idx
48983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48984 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
48990 \begin_inset Newline newline
48994 \begin_inset Flex URL
48997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48999 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
49007 \begin_layout Bibliography
49008 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49009 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49010 LatexCommand bibitem
49016 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49018 name "Documentation"
49019 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
49023 of the LaTeX-package
49028 \begin_inset Index idx
49031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49032 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
49038 \begin_inset Newline newline
49042 \begin_inset Flex URL
49045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49047 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
49055 \begin_layout Bibliography
49056 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49057 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49058 LatexCommand bibitem
49066 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49068 name "Documentation"
49069 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49075 of the LaTeX-package
49080 \begin_inset Index idx
49083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49084 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49090 \begin_inset Newline newline
49094 \begin_inset Flex URL
49097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49099 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49107 \begin_layout Bibliography
49108 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49109 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49110 LatexCommand bibitem
49116 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49118 name "Documentation"
49119 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49123 of the LaTeX-package
49128 \begin_inset Index idx
49131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49132 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49138 \begin_inset Newline newline
49142 \begin_inset Flex URL
49145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49147 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49155 \begin_layout Bibliography
49156 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49157 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49158 LatexCommand bibitem
49164 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49166 name "Documentation"
49167 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49171 of the LaTeX-package
49176 \begin_inset Index idx
49179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49180 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49186 \begin_inset Newline newline
49190 \begin_inset Flex URL
49193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49195 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49203 \begin_layout Bibliography
49204 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49205 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49206 LatexCommand bibitem
49212 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49214 name "Documentation"
49215 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49219 of the LaTeX-package
49224 \begin_inset Index idx
49227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49228 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49234 \begin_inset Newline newline
49238 \begin_inset Flex URL
49241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49243 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49251 \begin_layout Bibliography
49252 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49253 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49254 LatexCommand bibitem
49260 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49262 name "Documentation"
49263 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49267 of the LaTeX-package
49272 \begin_inset Index idx
49275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49276 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49282 \begin_inset Newline newline
49286 \begin_inset Flex URL
49289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49291 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49299 \begin_layout Bibliography
49300 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49301 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49302 LatexCommand bibitem
49308 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49311 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49315 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49316 \begin_inset Newline newline
49320 \begin_inset Flex URL
49323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49325 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49333 \begin_layout Bibliography
49334 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49335 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49336 LatexCommand bibitem
49342 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49345 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49349 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49350 \begin_inset Newline newline
49354 \begin_inset Flex URL
49357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49359 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49367 \begin_layout Bibliography
49368 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49369 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49370 LatexCommand bibitem
49376 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49379 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49383 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49384 \begin_inset Newline newline
49388 \begin_inset Flex URL
49391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49393 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49401 \begin_layout Bibliography
49402 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49403 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49404 LatexCommand bibitem
49410 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49413 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49417 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49418 \begin_inset Newline newline
49422 \begin_inset Flex URL
49425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49427 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49435 \begin_layout Bibliography
49436 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49437 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49438 LatexCommand bibitem
49444 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49447 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49451 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49452 \begin_inset Newline newline
49456 \begin_inset Flex URL
49459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49461 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49469 \begin_layout Bibliography
49470 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49471 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49472 LatexCommand bibitem
49478 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49481 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49485 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49486 \begin_inset Newline newline
49490 \begin_inset Flex URL
49493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49495 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49503 \begin_layout Bibliography
49504 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49505 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49506 LatexCommand bibitem
49512 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49515 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49519 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49520 \begin_inset Newline newline
49524 \begin_inset Flex URL
49527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49529 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49537 \begin_layout Bibliography
49538 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49539 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49540 LatexCommand bibitem
49546 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49549 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49553 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49554 \begin_inset Newline newline
49558 \begin_inset Flex URL
49561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49563 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49571 \begin_layout Bibliography
49572 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49573 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49574 LatexCommand bibitem
49580 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49583 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49587 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49588 \begin_inset Newline newline
49592 \begin_inset Flex URL
49595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49597 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49605 \begin_layout Bibliography
49606 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49607 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49608 LatexCommand bibitem
49614 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49617 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49621 about new features in
49626 \begin_inset Newline newline
49630 \begin_inset Flex URL
49633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49635 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49643 \begin_layout Standard
49644 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49678 \begin_inset Note Note
49681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49688 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49689 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49690 bibliography is the second one:
49698 \begin_layout Standard
49699 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49700 LatexCommand bibtex
49701 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49702 options "biblio/alphadin"
49709 \begin_layout Standard
49710 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49713 \begin_layout Standard
49714 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49715 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49721 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49722 LatexCommand printindex